WO2024011957A1 - Traffic scheduling method, apparatus, device, and computer readable storage medium - Google Patents

Traffic scheduling method, apparatus, device, and computer readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024011957A1
WO2024011957A1 PCT/CN2023/085081 CN2023085081W WO2024011957A1 WO 2024011957 A1 WO2024011957 A1 WO 2024011957A1 CN 2023085081 W CN2023085081 W CN 2023085081W WO 2024011957 A1 WO2024011957 A1 WO 2024011957A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
bandwidth
service
traffic
target
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/085081
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
单卫华
高天宇
Original Assignee
华为云计算技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202211146275.7A external-priority patent/CN117439957A/en
Application filed by 华为云计算技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为云计算技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024011957A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024011957A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/50Queue scheduling
    • H04L47/52Queue scheduling by attributing bandwidth to queues

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to traffic scheduling methods, devices, equipment and computer-readable storage media.
  • This application provides a traffic scheduling method, device, equipment and computer-readable storage medium to schedule business traffic based on bandwidth.
  • the technical solution provided by this application includes the following aspects.
  • a traffic scheduling method is provided, which method is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system.
  • the traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. Wherein, the first node and the second node are used to exchange service traffic with the terminal.
  • the scheduler first obtains the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node, and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two service flows is the same. Then, the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. Then, based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the target service flows of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal.
  • This application distinguishes the priorities of different service flows, and determines the main service flow for scheduling based on the priority of the service flow, that is, the target service flow.
  • the bandwidth occupied by each business flow is globally monitored, and when global collaborative scheduling is required, the target business flow is scheduled by adjusting the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal. Since priority is considered in the scheduling process and global collaborative scheduling is performed, it not only helps improve the bandwidth reuse rate and reduce bandwidth costs, but also makes the scheduling process more flexible.
  • the scheduler determines the target service flow in at least two service flows based on the priorities of at least two service flows, including: the scheduler determines the target service flow in at least two service flows based on the priorities of at least two service flows. Determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the service flows; the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
  • This application determines the service flow with lower priority as the target service flow. Since the target service flow is the main scheduled service flow, the actual service quality of the service flow with higher priority can be guaranteed during the scheduling period. As a result, the actual service quality can meet the user's requirements, or in other words, the changes in the actual service quality can be at the user's discretion. Within the tolerable range, the user experience is guaranteed.
  • the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority, including: in response to the presence of at least two service flows with the lowest priority, the scheduler assigns at least two service flows with the lowest priority
  • the business traffic in which the data volume is greater than the data volume threshold is determined as the target business traffic.
  • This application uses business traffic with a large amount of data as the target business traffic, so that the scheduler can schedule the target business traffic to a greater extent during scheduling. That is, after completing the scheduling, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic can be greater. changes, thereby providing a larger scheduling space during scheduling.
  • the priority is determined based on at least one information from a service level agreement (SLA) and a connection type.
  • SLA service level agreement
  • the SLA is used to indicate service quality, and the priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA. , the priority is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
  • the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA the higher the service quality requirements that the service traffic needs to meet, and the lower the user's tolerance for the degradation of the service quality of the service traffic. Therefore, the impact on the actual service quality of the service flow during scheduling should be smaller, so the priority of the service flow is higher, thereby reducing the possibility that the scheduler determines the service flow as the target service flow.
  • the greater the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of the business traffic the higher the flexibility in scheduling the business traffic. Therefore, the lower the priority of the service flow, the more likely it is to determine the service flow as the target service flow.
  • the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, including: the scheduler determines at least two The sum of the bandwidths occupied by each business flow on the first node; the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; the scheduler adjusts the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal according to the proportion adjustment method. Proportion.
  • This application determines a proportional adjustment method based on the determined sum of bandwidths.
  • This proportional adjustment method is the basis of the proportional adjustment process.
  • the proportional adjustment process is also the process of scheduling target service traffic.
  • the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including: in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, the scheduler determines that the proportion adjustment method is to reduce the first node and the second node and the terminal The proportion of the target business traffic is interacted such that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount; the method also includes: increasing the first business traffic The bandwidth occupied on the first node, the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate a reduction in the proportion. That is to say, the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is reduced, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is increased, and the bandwidth occupied by the first business flow other than the target business flow on the first node is also increased. Bandwidth increases. Thus, the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node is guaranteed, and the bandwidth on both the first node and the second node can be fully utilized.
  • the method further includes: in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first bandwidth threshold, determining that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being greater than the first cost threshold, Determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
  • the first bandwidth threshold Whether the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first bandwidth threshold or the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, it means that the first node is in the peak period of business traffic and has insufficient bandwidth, so it can be determined that the first condition is met.
  • the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including: responding to the bandwidth The sum of the widths satisfies the second condition, and the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount, and The bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate an increase in the proportion. That is, the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is increased, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is reduced.
  • the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node is guaranteed, and the bandwidth on the first node and the second node can be fully utilized.
  • the method further includes: in response to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second bandwidth threshold, determining that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or, responding If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
  • the sum of bandwidths is less than the second bandwidth threshold, or the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is less than the second cost threshold, it means that the first node is in a low period of business traffic and has excess bandwidth, so it can be determined that the second condition is met.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the relationship between the sum of bandwidths and the first bandwidth cost threshold can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the first node.
  • the bandwidth usage of the second node can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the second node. Therefore, the bandwidth scheduling amount determined in this way is relatively accurate, which is conducive to ensuring the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node after the scheduling is completed.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold, and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
  • the relationship between the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths and the first cost threshold can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the first node.
  • the bandwidth cost usage of the second node can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the second node. Therefore, the bandwidth scheduling amount determined in this way is relatively accurate, which is beneficial to reducing bandwidth costs and ensuring the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node.
  • the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including: in response to the sum of bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method,
  • the transmission directions of at least two service flows are different from the transmission direction of the second service flow.
  • the bandwidth occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions on the first node is different. Therefore, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node can be changed so that the bandwidth occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions is the same. , or narrow the gap between the bandwidth occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions.
  • the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the proportion adjustment method determined in this way is more accurate.
  • the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal in a proportional adjustment manner, including: the scheduler determines the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and provides the The target node sends scheduling information, and the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the ratio of the first node, the second node, and the terminal to interact with the target service traffic.
  • the scheduling information corresponding to the target node is adaptively determined, so that The adjustment of the proportion based on the target node and scheduling information is to achieve the scheduling of target business traffic, thereby ensuring the service quality of each business traffic and the user experience.
  • the target node is a content delivery network (CDN) domain name system (DNS) server, and the scheduling information is between the reference domain name and the Internet Protocol (IP) address.
  • CDN content delivery network
  • DNS domain name system
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the first correspondence relationship is used by the CDN DNS server to return the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send interaction requests to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with target business traffic.
  • the CDN DNS server can interact with the terminal based on the first corresponding relationship, so that the terminal determines which node needs to interact with the target business traffic through the interaction process, thereby realizing the scheduling of the target business traffic.
  • the target nodes are the first node and the second node
  • the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node
  • the second correspondence The relationship is used for the target node to interact with the target service traffic with the terminal in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal, or in response to the response based on the second corresponding relationship. If the second correspondence determines that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • Sending the second correspondence relationship to the first node and the second node enables both the first node and the second node to determine which node the terminal needs to interact with the target service traffic based on the second correspondence relationship. If the node that needs to exchange target service traffic with the terminal is the node itself, then exchange the target service flow with the terminal. If the node with which the terminal needs to interact with the target service traffic is not the node itself, the terminal is informed with which node it needs to interact with the target service traffic, so that the terminal can interact with the correct node with the target service traffic. As a result, the scheduling of target business traffic is achieved.
  • the target node is a terminal
  • the scheduling information is a second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is used by the terminal to determine the interaction Request the corresponding IP address and send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • Sending the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address to the terminal enables the terminal to determine whether to interact with the first node for target service traffic or with the second node based on the second correspondence, thereby achieving the target service. Traffic scheduling.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node can be monitored in real time, so as to promptly determine the proportion adjustment method and schedule it in a timely manner to ensure the service quality of each business flow on the first node and the user experience. feel.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node can be known in advance, the proportion adjustment method can be determined in a more timely manner, and scheduling can be carried out in advance, further ensuring the service quality of each business flow on the first node. quality and user experience.
  • the method after the scheduler adjusts the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method also includes: responding to The adjusted ratio makes the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node equal to zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow.
  • the scheduler issues an alarm, and the first service flow is At least two service flows other than the target service flow.
  • the scheduler can use an alarm to prompt that scheduling needs to continue, so as to ensure that the actual service quality of the first service flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow.
  • the method before the scheduler adjusts the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method also includes: the scheduler Send the priorities of at least two business flows to the first node.
  • the priorities of the at least two business flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues and process at least two business flows through the at least two queues. For at least two services For any business flow in the traffic, the priority of any business flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one business flow.
  • a traffic scheduling device is provided.
  • the device is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system.
  • the traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. The first node and the second node are used to interact with the terminal.
  • Business traffic, devices include:
  • the acquisition module is used to obtain the priorities of at least two business flows on the first node, and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two business flows is the same;
  • a determining module configured to determine the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
  • the adjustment module is configured to adjust the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node.
  • the determining module is configured to determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows; based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority Determine target business traffic.
  • the determining module is configured to, in response to the presence of at least two lowest priority service flows, determine as a target the service flow of the at least two lowest priority service flows whose data amount is greater than the data amount threshold. business traffic.
  • the priority is determined based on at least one information of SLA and connection type.
  • SLA is used to indicate service quality.
  • the priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by SLA.
  • the priority is related to the scheduling corresponding to the connection type. Convenience is negatively related.
  • the adjustment module is used to determine the sum of bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node; determine a proportional adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; and adjust the proportional adjustment method according to the proportional adjustment method.
  • the adjustment module is configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to reduce the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service traffic The bandwidth occupied on the first node reduces the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the second node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount;
  • the device also includes: an adding module for increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node.
  • the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to equal to the bandwidth adjustment measure.
  • the adjustment module is further configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than the first bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or, in response to the sum of bandwidths, the corresponding bandwidth cost being greater than the first cost. threshold to determine that the sum of bandwidths meets the first condition.
  • the adjustment module is configured to determine the proportion adjustment method in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the second condition to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service traffic The bandwidth occupied on the first node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node decreases the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the adjustment module is further configured to, in response to the sum of the bandwidths being less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of the bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or , in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold, and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
  • the adjustment module is configured to determine a proportional adjustment method in response to the sum of bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second business traffic on the first node, so that the transmission directions of at least two business flows are consistent with the second Business traffic is transmitted in different directions.
  • the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the adjustment module is used to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and send the scheduling information to the target node.
  • the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node.
  • the proportion of terminal interaction target business traffic is used to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and send the scheduling information to the target node.
  • the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node.
  • the proportion of terminal interaction target business traffic is used to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and send the scheduling information to the target node.
  • the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node.
  • the proportion of terminal interaction target business traffic is used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node.
  • the target node is a CDN DNS server
  • the scheduling information is the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the first correspondence is used for the CDN
  • the DNS server returns the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send interaction requests to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • the target nodes are the first node and the second node
  • the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node
  • the second correspondence The relationship is used for the target node to interact with the target service traffic with the terminal in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal, or in response to the response based on the second corresponding relationship. If the second correspondence determines that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • the target node is a terminal
  • the scheduling information is a second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is used by the terminal to determine the interaction Request the corresponding IP address and send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
  • the adjustment module is also configured to respond to the adjusted ratio so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the first service flow. Based on the service quality indicated by the SLA, an alarm is issued, and the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among at least two service flows.
  • the adjustment module is also configured to send the priorities of at least two business flows to the first node, and the priorities of the at least two business flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues, through at least The two queues process at least two service flows, and for any one of the at least two service flows, the priority of any one service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one service flow.
  • a traffic scheduling device in a third aspect, includes a memory and a processor; at least one instruction is stored in the memory, and at least one instruction is loaded and executed by the processor, so that the traffic scheduling device realizes the first aspect and the corresponding possibilities. Any traffic scheduling method in the implementation.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided. At least one instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the instruction is loaded and executed by the processor, so that the computer implements as in the first aspect and the corresponding possible implementation manners. Any traffic scheduling method.
  • a computer program or computer program product includes a computer program or instructions.
  • the computer program or instructions are executed by a processor to enable the computer to implement the first aspect and corresponding possible implementation methods. Any traffic scheduling method.
  • a chip including a processor for calling and running instructions stored in the memory, so that the computer installed with the chip executes any flow of the first aspect and corresponding possible implementations. Scheduling method.
  • another chip including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor and a memory.
  • the input interface, the output interface, the processor and the memory are connected through an internal connection path.
  • the processor is used to execute the code in the memory.
  • the computer installed with the chip executes any one of the traffic scheduling methods of the first aspect and corresponding possible implementations.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a traffic scheduling system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a flow chart of a traffic scheduling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a reference correspondence relationship provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of scheduling target service traffic under a reduced ratio provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of scheduling target service traffic at an increased ratio provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a traffic scheduling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another traffic scheduling method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating different bandwidths occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a scheduler provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in a DNS scheduling scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in a 302 scheduling scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in another 302 scheduling scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in another 302 scheduling scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of process scheduling in an application layer scheduling scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of processing business traffic through queues provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of bandwidth allocation in a related technology provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of a traffic scheduling device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a traffic scheduling device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a traffic scheduling system.
  • the traffic scheduling system includes a first node 11, a second node 12, a scheduler 13 and a terminal 14.
  • the scheduler 13 is connected to the first node 11 and the second node 12 respectively, and the terminal 14 is connected to at least one of the first node 11 and the second node 12 .
  • the first node 11 and the second node 12 may be used to exchange service traffic with the terminal 14
  • the scheduler 13 may be used to implement scheduling of service traffic on the first node 11 and the second node 12 .
  • the first node 11 and the second node 12 shown in Figure 1 may form a CDN, and the first node 11 and the second node 12 are also called edge nodes in the CDN.
  • the CDN is an intelligent virtual network based on edge nodes deployed in various places. Based on the CDN, an intelligent virtual network, the terminal 14 can interact with business traffic with edge nodes that are relatively close to each other.
  • the service traffic has a certain transmission direction, and the transmission direction includes downlink and uplink.
  • the edge node delivers the service traffic to the terminal 14, and the service traffic is downlink service traffic.
  • the terminal 14 uploads the service traffic to the edge node, and the service traffic is uplink service traffic.
  • first node 11, the second node 12 and the terminal 14 shown in FIG. 1 are only examples and are not used to limit the number.
  • the sum of the numbers of the first nodes 11 and the second nodes 12 is at least two, and the number of terminals 14 is at least one.
  • the traffic scheduling system shown in Figure 1 may also include a source server.
  • the origin server can connect to the edge node and exchange business traffic with the edge node through functions such as load balancing and content distribution.
  • the business traffic also has a certain transmission direction.
  • the business traffic delivered by the source server to the edge node is downlink business traffic, and the business traffic uploaded by the edge node to the source server is uplink business traffic.
  • the scheduler 13 and the source server shown in Figure 1 may be two independent entities. Alternatively, the scheduler 13 can also be integrated with the source server. For example, scheduler 13 may be a component located in the origin server.
  • This application provides a traffic scheduling method, which can be applied to the scheduler 13 included in the traffic scheduling system shown in Figure 1. As shown in Figure 2, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps 201 to 203.
  • Step 201 The scheduler obtains the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node.
  • the transmission directions of the at least two service flows are the same.
  • the first node can be any edge node in the CDN, and there are at least two service flows with the same transmission direction on the first node, and the transmission direction includes downlink and uplink.
  • the scheduler can, based on different transmission directions, All business traffic on the first node is divided into two groups. The transmission direction of one group of business traffic is all downlink, and the transmission direction of the other group of business traffic is all uplink. Afterwards, the scheduler treats all or part of the service flows included in the group of service flows as at least two service flows with the same transmission direction.
  • a group of business traffic with the transmission direction in the downlink direction includes: live broadcast service traffic, dynamic acceleration service traffic, CDN on-demand service traffic and CDN download service traffic, while a set of business traffic with the transmission direction in the uplink direction includes: live broadcast service traffic.
  • traffic dynamic acceleration business traffic and video access service (VIS) business traffic.
  • VIS is a real-time, large-capacity, high-concurrency service.
  • VIS has the capabilities of video data collection, video data distribution, and video data transfer.
  • the priority is determined based on at least one information of SLA and connection type, and SLA is used to indicate service quality. Among them, the priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the priority is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
  • the service quality indicated by the SLA of a business flow is the service quality promised by the communication service provider to the communication service users, that is, the service quality that a business flow needs to meet.
  • the form of commitment is, for example, a contract.
  • the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA of a service flow the higher the communication service user's requirements for the service quality of the service flow and the lower the tolerance for the degradation of the service quality of the service flow.
  • the service flow needs With stronger availability, the provider of the communication server needs to bear more responsibility for the business traffic.
  • the provider of the communication server is used to provide the resources required to transmit business traffic.
  • the provider of the communication server is an Internet service provider (ISP), and the resources required to transmit business traffic are, for example, bandwidth.
  • Users of communication services are used to consume business traffic.
  • the user of the communication service is the user of the terminal.
  • indicators used to define an SLA for business traffic include, but are not limited to, at least one of the following indicators: mean time between failures (MTBF), mean time to repair (mean time to repair, MTTR), delay, jitter, throughput.
  • the connection type of a business flow is the type of communication connection established between the terminal and the edge node for exchanging the business flow.
  • the connection type includes but is not limited to short connection and long connection.
  • the short connection is established only when the interaction of the business traffic is required, and is disconnected after the interaction of the business traffic is completed.
  • a long connection can be established before the interaction of the business traffic is required and will not be disconnected after the interaction of the business traffic is completed.
  • the connection type of the business flow is a short connection.
  • the short connection corresponds to a greater degree of scheduling convenience, that is, it is convenient for scheduling and can Flexible scheduling.
  • the connection type of the service traffic is a long connection.
  • the scheduling convenience corresponding to the long connection is less, that is, it is inconvenient to schedule and cannot be flexibly scheduled.
  • the priority of a service flow is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA of the service flow.
  • the reason is that the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA of a service flow, the higher the priority of exchanging the service flow, and therefore the higher the priority of the service flow.
  • the priority of a service flow is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of the service flow.
  • the reason is that the higher the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of a service flow and the easier it is to schedule the service flow, the lower the priority of the exchange of the service flow can be, and therefore the lower the priority of the service flow.
  • the priorities of different business traffic may be the same or different.
  • Priority methods include but are not limited to the following determination method A1 and determination method A2.
  • Determination method A1 is to obtain a reference correspondence relationship, and determine priorities of at least two business flows based on the reference correspondence relationship.
  • the reference correspondence relationship is: a correspondence relationship between at least one information of SLA and connection type and the priority.
  • the reference correspondence can be generated randomly or configured based on experience.
  • the method of obtaining the reference correspondence is not limited here, as long as it is ensured that the priority determined based on the reference correspondence is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA of the business traffic. It suffices to be negatively correlated with the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
  • FIG. 3 shows an exemplary reference correspondence relationship, which is a correspondence relationship between SLA, connection type, and priority.
  • the connection type of live broadcast service traffic is long connection and the SLA is high.
  • a high SLA indicates the highest service quality.
  • the priority is level one, and level one is the highest priority.
  • the connection type of dynamically accelerating business traffic is long connection and the SLA is high. From the reference relationship, we can know that the priority is level one.
  • the connection type of the CDN on-demand service traffic is short connection and the SLA is medium. An SLA of medium indicates the next highest service quality. From this reference correspondence, it can be seen that the priority is Level 2, and Level 2 is the second highest priority.
  • connection type of CDN download service traffic is short connection and the SLA is low.
  • a low SLA indicates the lowest service quality. From this reference correspondence, it can be seen that the priority is level three, and level three is the lowest priority.
  • the connection type of VIS service traffic is short connection and the SLA is low. From the reference relationship, it can be seen that the priority is level three.
  • level one is the highest priority and level three is the lowest priority. This is only an example. In the embodiment of the present application, level three is the highest priority and level one is the lowest priority.
  • the priority levels including first level, second level, and third level are only examples, and the number of priorities and the way of expressing the priorities are not limited thereto.
  • the priority levels can also be made to include gold, silver, and bronze, and the priorities can also be made to include level A, level B, level C, level D, and so on.
  • Determination method A2 the scheduler determines the comprehensive scores of at least two service flows based on at least one information of SLA and connection type, and determines the priorities of at least two service flows based on the comprehensive scores of at least two service flows.
  • the determination method A2 may include the following steps 1 to 3.
  • Step 1 Determine the first score corresponding to the SLA and the second score corresponding to the connection type, then the comprehensive score of a business flow is determined based on at least one of the first score and the second score.
  • the embodiment of the present application needs to make the priority determined based on the comprehensive score positively correlated with the service quality indicated by the SLA of the business flow and negatively correlated with the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type, therefore, when determining the first score corresponding to the SLA, When determining the second score corresponding to the connection type, there are the following two implementation methods.
  • the higher the comprehensive score the higher the priority determined based on the comprehensive score. Then, the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA, the larger the first score corresponding to the SLA, and the higher the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type, and the smaller the second score corresponding to the connection type. For example, if SLA is high, the first score is 80, if SLA is medium, the first score is 60, and if SLA is low, the first score is 40. For another example, if the connection type is a long connection, the second score is 80, and if the connection type is a short connection, the second score is 60.
  • the lower the comprehensive score the higher the priority determined based on the comprehensive score. Then, the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA, the smaller the first score corresponding to the SLA, and the higher the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type, and the larger the second score corresponding to the connection type. This embodiment will not be described again.
  • Step 2 Perform a weighted calculation on at least one of the first score and the second score, and determine the obtained calculation result as a comprehensive score of the business flow.
  • the weight of the first score and the weight of the second score need to be determined.
  • the confirmation method is, for example, random generation or configuration based on experience, which is not limited here.
  • the weight of the first score and the weight of the second score The weights can be the same or different. For example, for a business flow, if there is only the first score, the weight of the first score is 1, or if there is only the second score, the weight of the second score is 1, or, If there is both a first score and a second score, the sum of the weight of the first score and the weight of the second score is 1.
  • the first score corresponding to the SLA of a business flow is 80, and the weight of the first score is 0.6, and the second score corresponding to the connection type of the business flow is 60, and the weight of the second score is 0.4, then
  • the calculation result obtained by performing weighted calculation, that is, the comprehensive score of the business traffic, is equal to 72.
  • Step 3 Based on the value range of the comprehensive score of the business traffic, determine the priority corresponding to the value range as the priority of the business traffic.
  • the value range may correspond to the priority one-to-one, and the number of the value range and the priority may be at least one. For example, the higher the comprehensive score, the higher the priority determined based on the comprehensive score.
  • the value range 1 is 61-70, corresponding to priority level three
  • the value range 2 is 71-80, corresponding to priority level two.
  • Level the value range 3 is 81-90, and the corresponding priority is level one. Then, if the comprehensive score of a business flow is 72 calculated in step 2, then since 72 is in the value range 2, the priority corresponding to the value range 2, that is, Level 2, is determined as the priority of the business flow. class.
  • the first node provides a certain total bandwidth for at least two service flows on the first node to occupy, and the value of the bandwidth occupied by each of the at least two service flows on the first node is a positive number.
  • the unit of bandwidth is, for example, megabits per second (Mbps), which is not limited here.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction. Since the scheduler obtains the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node, the scheduler globally monitors at least two business flows on the first node to facilitate subsequent unified coordination of at least two business flows. Scheduling, the scheduler is also called the main co-scheduler. Therefore, it is possible to avoid conflicts in the scheduling process of different business flows, thereby avoiding a waste of bandwidth or a waste of bandwidth costs corresponding to the bandwidth.
  • the scheduler can schedule the business flows based on the detected bandwidth.
  • the scheduler may receive bandwidth information periodically and proactively reported by the first node, or the scheduler may send an instruction to the first node and receive bandwidth information reported and fed back by the first node according to the instruction.
  • the bandwidth information includes at least two The bandwidth occupied by business traffic on the first node. From this, the scheduler can implement bandwidth detection.
  • the bandwidth occupied by a business flow on the first node includes at least one bandwidth corresponding to a time unit, and the time unit is greater than or equal to the time unit that can be identified by the first node and the scheduler. the smallest unit.
  • the scheduler After the scheduler detects the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node in the first period, it predicts the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node in the second period based on the detected bandwidth.
  • the second time period is later than the first time period.
  • the scheduler can obtain a predictive model that outputs predicted bandwidth based on the input bandwidth.
  • the scheduler inputs the detected bandwidth into the prediction model and obtains the predicted bandwidth output by the prediction model.
  • the predicted bandwidth can reflect the time when the business traffic peaks in the second period, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the method of prediction is not limited here.
  • the service traffic can be scheduled based on the predicted bandwidth.
  • the scheduling process please also refer to step 203 below, which will not be described again here.
  • the scheduling of service traffic based on the predicted bandwidth may be based on the detected bandwidth and the predicted bandwidth.
  • the amount of data used to schedule the bandwidth of the service flow is relatively large, which can make the business flow more efficient.
  • the scheduling is more timely and accurate.
  • the service traffic may be scheduled based on the predicted bandwidth, or the service traffic may be scheduled only based on the predicted bandwidth and not based on the detected bandwidth.
  • the method of obtaining the bandwidth occupied on the first node may be the same or different.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node is obtained through detection, or both are obtained through prediction.
  • the bandwidth occupied by a part of the at least two business flows on the first node is obtained through detection, and the bandwidth occupied by the other part of the business flow on the first node is obtained through prediction.
  • Step 202 The scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows.
  • the scheduler Since the scheduler obtains the priorities of at least two service flows in step 201, it can determine at least one target service flow from the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. In the subsequent process of traffic scheduling, the scheduler mainly schedules the target business traffic, which is also called the main greedy traffic. For example, after the scheduler determines the target service flow, it can send prompt information to the terminal. The prompt information is used to prompt that the target service flow will be the main greedy flow and guide users of the terminal to use the target service flow.
  • the scheduler schedules the target business traffic, for example, to adjust the proportion of the target business traffic between the first node and the second node and the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node and the second node changes, as described below. Details will be described in step 203.
  • the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows, including: the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. There is at least one service flow with the lowest priority, and the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
  • the number of the service flow with the lowest priority is one.
  • the number of the service flows with the lowest priority may be one or multiple.
  • the lowest priority is level three, so the number of business flows with the lowest priority is two, namely CDN download business traffic and VIS business traffic.
  • this one service flow with the lowest priority is the target service flow. That is, the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority, including: the scheduler uses the service flow with the lowest priority as the target service flow.
  • the embodiment of the present application targets the service flow with the lowest priority.
  • Business traffic therefore the target business traffic is a kind of business traffic with lower service quality and higher scheduling convenience indicated by SLA.
  • the scheduler mainly schedules this kind of target service traffic. Even if the actual service quality of the target service flow is reduced due to scheduling, the service quality indicated by the SLA of the target service flow is itself low, so that the actual service quality can still be reduced. Greater than or equal to the service quality indicated by the SLA, thereby ensuring that the actual service quality of the target service flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA. Moreover, the scheduling of such target business traffic is also more flexible and convenient.
  • the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one lowest priority service flow, including: the scheduler assigns the at least two lowest priority service flows to The business traffic whose data volume is greater than the data volume threshold is determined as the target business traffic.
  • the target service flow in addition to ensuring that the actual service quality of the target service flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA and making the scheduling of the target service flow more flexible and convenient, it can also ensure that the target service flow has a relatively large amount of data.
  • Large business traffic, or target business traffic is business traffic that accounts for a relatively large proportion of traffic. due to target business The amount of traffic data is large, so the scheduler can schedule the target business traffic to a greater extent, such as making a large change in the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node and the second node, thereby providing sufficient Scheduling space.
  • the business traffic with a data volume greater than the data volume threshold may be the business traffic with the largest data volume.
  • a service flow with a non-lowest priority and a non-highest priority can also be determined as the target service flow.
  • This method also has a high probability of making the actual service quality of the target service flow meet the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the scheduling of this kind of target service flow is also more flexible and convenient.
  • there are 10 types of business traffic on the first node with priorities ranging from level one to level ten, with level one being the highest priority and level ten being the lowest priority.
  • the service traffic with priority level seven, eight, or nine can also be determined as the target service flow.
  • At least one target service flow may be determined for each transmission direction. For example, among each service flow with the transmission direction being downlink, determine a target service flow with the transmission direction being downlink, and among each service flow with the transmission direction being uplink, determine a target service flow with the transmission direction being uplink.
  • Step 203 Based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of target service flows between the first node and the second node and the terminal.
  • the scheduler can adjust the first node and the second node based on the obtained bandwidth.
  • the second node can be any edge node in the CDN.
  • the second node may be an edge node bound to the first node in the CDN, and the binding relationship between the first node and the second node may be configured according to actual requirements, which is not limited here.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node can be changed, that is, the actual bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is limited.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node also changes.
  • the ratio decreases, it means that the target business traffic of the first node interacting with the terminal decreases, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node decreases, while the target business traffic of the second node interacting with the terminal increases, and the target business traffic
  • the increase in the bandwidth occupied on the second node is equivalent to scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node may be zero, that is, before the ratio is reduced, the second node may not exchange service traffic with the terminal.
  • the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node may not be zero, which is not limited here.
  • the ratio of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node to the terminal is 50:50.
  • the 20 terminals at location A switch to interacting with the second node for target business traffic.
  • the ratio of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal for target business traffic is 30: 70.
  • the ratio increases, it means that the target business traffic of the first node interacting with the terminal increases, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node increases, while the target business traffic of the second node interacting with the terminal is less, and the target business The bandwidth occupied by the traffic on the second node is reduced, which is equivalent to scheduling part of the target service traffic from the second node to the first node. This situation will not be repeated again.
  • the scheduler adjusts the first node based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node.
  • the proportion of the target service traffic of the node and the second node interacting with the terminal includes: the scheduler determines the sum of the bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node; the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; scheduling The controller adjusts the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal according to the proportional adjustment method.
  • the scheduler After the scheduler obtains the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node, the scheduler sums the obtained bandwidths to obtain the sum of the bandwidths. Then, the proportion adjustment method can be determined based on the sum of the bandwidths, and the proportion adjustment method can be used to indicate a reduction in the proportion, or can also be used to indicate an increase in the proportion. Then, according to the proportional adjustment method, the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal can be adjusted.
  • the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including but not limited to the following determination methods B1 to B3.
  • Determining method B1 in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method to reduce the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node Reduce the bandwidth scheduling amount, and increase the bandwidth scheduling amount for the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node.
  • the first condition is used to indicate that the first node is in the peak period of business traffic and has insufficient bandwidth. Therefore, the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate reducing the proportion so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is reduced to alleviate the problem of the first node. bandwidth pressure.
  • the first bandwidth threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, which is not limited here. For example, for a business flow, determine the reference bandwidth required when the actual service quality of the business flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA of the business flow, that is, the reference bandwidth required to meet user requirements and ensure user experience. For the reference bandwidth, the sum of the first reference bandwidths of at least two service flows is used as the first bandwidth threshold.
  • the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first bandwidth threshold, it means that there may be service traffic whose actual service quality does not meet the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the user experience is affected, which further means that the first node is in the peak period of service traffic and has insufficient bandwidth.
  • the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
  • the first cost threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, which is not limited here. For example, the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the first reference bandwidths of the at least two service flows may be used as the first cost threshold.
  • the billing model includes but is not limited to 95 percent (percent 95, P95) Billing. Taking the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths as an example to illustrate the P95 billing process. Among them, according to a certain collection frequency, such as once every 5 minutes, collect the sum of multiple bandwidths of the first node within a period of time, and arrange the sum of multiple bandwidths in descending order to obtain a sequence. In this sequence, the first 5% of the total bandwidth is not billed. Among the remaining 95% of the total bandwidth, the fee corresponding to the largest sum of bandwidth is determined as the first node's cost during that period. The bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths.
  • the at least two service flows include the target service flow and the first service flow.
  • the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow in the at least two service flows.
  • the scheduler needs to reduce the proportion of the first node and the second node's interaction with the terminal in a proportional adjustment manner.
  • the target business flow is scheduled from the first node to the second node, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the solid line represents the target service flow before scheduling
  • the dotted line represents the target service flow after scheduling
  • the arrow represents the scheduling direction.
  • the situation shown in Figure 4 is the situation where the target service traffic is scheduled from the first node to a second node, except that In addition to the situation shown in Figure 4, the target service traffic can also be scheduled from the first node to two or more second nodes. Then the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount, which means that the sum of the increases in the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on more than two second nodes is the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount needs to be determined before the scheduler reduces the ratio.
  • the value of the bandwidth scheduling amount is a default value, which can be obtained through configuration and is not limited here.
  • the scheduler obtains the bandwidth scheduling amount through calculation, see the following description.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the bandwidth usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is available bandwidth on the second node. If the bandwidth usage of a second node indicates that there is bandwidth that can be occupied on the second node, the scheduler uses the second node as an alternative second node.
  • the scheduler determines the first difference between the sum of bandwidths and the first bandwidth threshold, and uses the first difference as the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount reflects the need to transfer resources from the first node. How much target business traffic.
  • the scheduler also determines the sum of the bandwidths that can be occupied by each candidate second node, and uses the sum of the bandwidths that can be occupied as the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount reflects how many target services the second node can accommodate. flow.
  • the scheduler selects a value between the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount and the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount as the bandwidth scheduling amount according to the actual situation. According to this bandwidth scheduling amount reduction ratio, the scheduler can make the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node less than the first bandwidth threshold after the scheduling is completed.
  • the scheduler calculates the sum of the second reference bandwidth of the bandwidth occupied by each service traffic on the second node, and determines a bandwidth value for charging on the second node according to the charging mode of P95 charging.
  • this bandwidth value is the dividing point between 5% that does not require charging and 95% that requires charging.
  • charging is required.
  • the sum of the second reference bandwidths No charging is required if the bandwidth is greater than this value.
  • the bandwidth value is less than the bandwidth value, and the difference between the bandwidth value and the sum of the second reference bandwidths is greater than the first reference threshold, it is considered that there is bandwidth that can be occupied on the second node, and the second node is a candidate
  • the second node, and the bandwidth that can be occupied is the difference between the bandwidth value and the sum of the second reference bandwidth.
  • the second node is an alternative second node, and the bandwidth it can occupy is infinite.
  • the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths meets the first condition, and the bandwidth scheduling amount is based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold and the second cost threshold.
  • the node's bandwidth cost usage is determined.
  • the cost usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is usable bandwidth cost on the second node. If the cost usage of a second node indicates that there is usable bandwidth cost on the second node, the scheduler will use the second node as an alternative second node, and the bandwidth that can be occupied on an alternative second node is the usable bandwidth cost.
  • the bandwidth cost corresponds to the bandwidth.
  • the scheduler can determine the second difference between the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths and the first cost threshold, use the bandwidth corresponding to the second difference as the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount, and calculate the bandwidth that can be occupied on each candidate second node.
  • the sum of the bandwidths is taken as the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount, so that the bandwidth scheduling amount is obtained by selecting between the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount and the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the scheduler can make the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node less than the first cost threshold after the scheduling is completed.
  • the method may further include: increasing the first service flow at the first node The bandwidth occupied is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount. According to the description corresponding to Figure 4 above, it can be known that the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows.
  • the scheduler since the scheduler reduces the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node, it then increases the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node, which is equivalent to the target service flow giving up the bandwidth to the first service flow. .
  • the delay between the first node and the terminal in interacting with the first service flow can be reduced, and the actual service quality of the first service flow can be improved, which is conducive to ensuring that the actual service quality of the first service flow meets the SLA indication of the first service flow.
  • Service quality can improve user experience.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount, after increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node, the sum of the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow and the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow can be does not exceed the first bandwidth threshold, or the cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths does not exceed the first cost threshold.
  • Determining method B2 in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the second condition, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node The bandwidth scheduling amount is increased, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the second condition is used to indicate that the first node is in a low period of business traffic and has excess bandwidth
  • the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate increasing the proportion so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node increases, so that the first node
  • the excess bandwidth can be fully reused.
  • peak shaving and valley filling are realized on the first node, and the valley represents the excess bandwidth on the first node.
  • the second bandwidth threshold in response to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second bandwidth threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold explained in the above determination manner B1, the The second bandwidth threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, and is not limited here.
  • the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition.
  • the method of calculating the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths can refer to the determination method B1 above. The description in will not be repeated here.
  • the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold described in the above determination method B1.
  • the second cost threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, and is not limited here.
  • At least two service flows include target service flow and first service flow.
  • the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow in the at least two service flows.
  • the scheduler needs to adjust proportionally to increase the proportion of target business flows between the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal.
  • the target business flow is scheduled from the second node to the first node, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the solid line represents the target service flow before scheduling
  • the dotted line represents the target service flow after scheduling
  • the arrow represents the scheduling direction.
  • the situation shown in Figure 5 is a situation where the target service traffic is scheduled from a second node to the first node.
  • the target service traffic can also be dispatched from two or more third nodes. The two nodes are respectively scheduled to the first node.
  • the bandwidth reduction amount of the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node means that the sum of the reduction amounts of the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on more than two second nodes is the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount needs to be determined before the scheduler increases the ratio.
  • the value of the bandwidth scheduling amount is a default value, which can be obtained through configuration and is not limited here.
  • the scheduler obtains the bandwidth scheduling amount through calculation, see the following description.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the bandwidth usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is target business traffic occupying a certain bandwidth on the second node. If the bandwidth usage of a second node indicates that there is target business traffic occupying a certain bandwidth on the second node, The scheduler uses the second node as an alternative second node.
  • the scheduler determines the third difference between the first bandwidth threshold and the sum of bandwidths, and uses the third difference as a value index for the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • This value index reflects how much the first node can accommodate.
  • Target business traffic The scheduler also determines the sum of the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on each candidate second node, and uses the sum of the occupied bandwidth as another value indicator of the bandwidth scheduling amount. This other value indicator reflects the second node's bandwidth. How much target business traffic can be transferred away.
  • the scheduler takes the smaller of the two value indicators as the target value indicator, and selects a value less than or equal to the target value indicator as the bandwidth scheduling amount according to the actual situation. According to this bandwidth scheduling amount increase ratio, the scheduler can make the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node greater than the second bandwidth threshold and less than the first bandwidth threshold after the scheduling is completed.
  • the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths meets the second condition, and the bandwidth scheduling amount is based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold and The bandwidth cost usage of the second node is determined.
  • the cost usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is target service traffic using a certain bandwidth cost on the second node. If the cost usage of a second node indicates that there is target service traffic using a certain bandwidth cost on the second node, the scheduler uses the second node as an alternative second node.
  • the scheduler may determine the fourth difference between the first cost threshold and the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, use the bandwidth corresponding to the fourth difference as a value indicator of the bandwidth scheduling amount, and assign the bandwidth cost to each candidate second node
  • the bandwidth corresponding to the sum of the bandwidth corresponding to the bandwidth cost used by the target business traffic is used as another value indicator of the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the scheduler uses the smaller of the two value indicators as the target value indicator. , according to the actual situation, select a value less than or equal to the target value index as the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • this bandwidth scheduling increase ratio the scheduler can make the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node greater than the second cost threshold and less than the first cost threshold after the scheduling is completed. Cost threshold.
  • the above determination method B1 is a way to reduce the ratio
  • the above determination method B2 is a way to increase the ratio. It should be understood that the ratio of the first node and the second node to the terminal interactive target service traffic can also remain unchanged. . For example, determine the sum of bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node. If the sum of bandwidths is between the first bandwidth threshold and the second bandwidth threshold, it means that although there is excess bandwidth on the first node , but there is less spare bandwidth, so the target service traffic can not be scheduled, thus keeping the ratio unchanged.
  • bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is between the first cost threshold and the second cost threshold, it means that there is excess bandwidth cost on the first node, but the excess bandwidth cost is less, which means that the first node There is also less spare bandwidth, so the ratio can be kept unchanged.
  • Figures 6 and 7, are schematic flow charts of a traffic scheduling method respectively.
  • the first bandwidth threshold and the second bandwidth threshold are planned, and business traffic monitoring is performed on the first node. If the sum of the bandwidths occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is greater than the first bandwidth threshold, the proportion is reduced, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is reduced. If the sum of the bandwidths is not greater than the first bandwidth threshold and is less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, the proportion is increased, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node is increased. If the sum of the bandwidths is not greater than the first bandwidth threshold but greater than the second bandwidth threshold, the ratio remains unchanged, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node does not change. Thus, the scheduling of business traffic can be completed once.
  • the first cost threshold and the second cost threshold are planned, and business traffic monitoring is performed on the first node. If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, the proportion is reduced, that is, the target business traffic is reduced at the first node. bandwidth occupied. If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidths is not greater than the first cost threshold and less than or equal to the second cost threshold, the proportion is increased, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is increased. If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is not greater than the first cost threshold but greater than the second cost threshold, the ratio remains unchanged, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node does not change. Thus, the scheduling of business traffic can be completed once.
  • the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method.
  • the transmission directions of at least two service flows are different from the transmission direction of the second service flow.
  • the transmission direction of at least two service flows is uplink, and the transmission direction of the second service flow is downlink.
  • the transmission direction of at least two service flows is downlink, and the transmission direction of the second service flow is uplink. Therefore, when the sum of bandwidths is different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, it means that the bandwidth occupied by the service traffic in different transmission directions on the first node is different.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram showing that business traffic in different transmission directions occupies different bandwidths.
  • the scheduler can change the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node by adjusting the ratio, so that the bandwidth occupied by the business traffic in different transmission directions is the same, or the bandwidth occupied by the business traffic in different transmission directions is narrowed. difference.
  • the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the scheduler may determine a fifth difference between the sum of bandwidths and the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node, and use the fifth difference as the bandwidth scheduling amount, thereby reducing the proportion according to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the scheduler may determine a sixth difference between the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node and the sum of the bandwidths, use the sixth difference as the bandwidth scheduling amount, and increase the ratio according to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal in a proportional adjustment manner, including: the scheduler determines the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and sends the scheduling information to the target node. , the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal and target service traffic.
  • the scheduler may include a scheduling perceptron, a scheduling decision maker and a scheduling executor.
  • the scheduling sensor is used to sense the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, and send the perceived bandwidth to the scheduling decision maker.
  • the scheduling sensor can also be used to sense the bandwidth occupied by each service flow on the second node and send it to the scheduling decision maker.
  • the scheduling decision maker is used to determine the priority of each service flow based on at least one information of SLA and connection type.
  • the scheduling decision maker is also used to determine the target service flow based on the priority of each service flow.
  • the scheduling decision maker is also used to determine the proportion adjustment method according to the bandwidth sent by the scheduling sensor.
  • the scheduling decision maker can determine the scheduling strategy corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and then send the scheduling strategy to the scheduling executor.
  • the scheduling policy includes but is not limited to: what percentage of the target service traffic is scheduled from one node to another node, or how much bandwidth is scheduled for the target service traffic to be scheduled from one node to another node.
  • schedule execution The scheduler is used to generate scheduling information based on the scheduling policy, and adjust the ratio of the first node and the second node to the terminal to interact with the target service flow based on the scheduling information, thereby achieving scheduling of the target service flow.
  • the scheduling executor can modify the outer parameters of the autonomous scheduler based on the scheduling information to achieve the target service flow. Scheduling. Or, referring to Figure 9, the scheduling executor can deliver the scheduling information to the target node to achieve scheduling of the target service traffic. For example, for different target nodes, the scheduling information is also different, so the manner of scaling adjustment based on the scheduling information and the target node is also different.
  • the adjustment methods include, but are not limited to, the following adjustment methods C1 to C3.
  • Adjustment method C1 is suitable for DNS scheduling scenarios.
  • the target node is a CDN DNS server
  • the scheduling information is the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node.
  • the first correspondence relationship is used for the CDN DNS server to return the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal.
  • the IP address is used for the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target business traffic.
  • the DNS scheduling scenario can be seen in Figure 10.
  • the DNS scheduling scenario includes but is not limited to the terminal, the authoritative DNS server with authoritative DNS installed, the CDN DNS server corresponding to the CDN, the edge node in the CDN, the source server and the scheduler.
  • the terminal includes applications and local domain name system (local DNS, LDNS).
  • the edge node includes but is not limited to a first node and a second node.
  • the IP address of the first node is IP A and the IP address of the second node is IP B.
  • the terminal is connected to the authoritative DNS server, CDN DNS server and edge node respectively.
  • the edge node is also connected to the source server and scheduler, and the scheduler is also connected to the CDN DNS server.
  • the application When a user of the terminal enters a domain name for the application, the application receives the domain name entered by the user of the terminal. The application sends the domain name to LDNS, LDNS determines the IP address corresponding to the domain name, and returns the IP address corresponding to the domain name to the application. The process by which LDNS determines the IP address corresponding to the domain name is also called the process of resolving the domain name.
  • This allows the terminal to send an interaction request to the edge node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the domain name through the application program.
  • the interaction request carries the domain name, thereby allowing the terminal to interact with the edge node indicated by the IP address with target business traffic corresponding to the domain name.
  • the application is a browser
  • the domain name is a web page, such as xxx.com
  • the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name is the content that needs to be displayed on the web page.
  • LDNS In the process of LDNS determining the IP address corresponding to the domain name, LDNS first sends the domain name to the authoritative DNS server.
  • the authoritative DNS server stores a canonical name (CNAME), which is the correspondence between the domain name and the reference domain name. For example, when the domain name is xxx.com, the reference domain name can be xxx.com.dns.cn.
  • the authoritative DNS server queries the CNAME based on the domain name, obtains the reference domain name corresponding to the domain name, and returns the reference domain name to LDNS.
  • LDNS receives the reference domain name, queries the domain name server (NS) record based on the reference domain name, and obtains the CDN DNS server corresponding to the reference domain name.
  • LDNS sends the reference domain name and the local IP address of the terminal to the CDN DNS server.
  • the local IP address of the terminal indicates the location of the terminal.
  • the CDN DNS server stores the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address.
  • the CDN DNS server After the CDN DNS server receives the reference domain name and the local IP address of the terminal, it queries the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address based on the reference domain name, and obtains all IP addresses corresponding to the reference domain name. Each IP address indicates an edge node.
  • the CDN DNS server selects an IP address based on the terminal's local IP address among all IP addresses and returns the selected IP address to LDNS.
  • the edge node indicated by the selected IP address is the edge node closest to the location of the terminal among the edge nodes included in the CDN corresponding to the CDN DNS server.
  • LDNS After LDNS receives the IP address sent by the CDN DNS server, it uses the received IP address as The IP address corresponding to the domain name.
  • the LDNS After LDNS determines the IP address corresponding to the domain name, in addition to returning the IP address corresponding to the domain name to the application, the LDNS will also cache the correspondence between the domain name and the IP address. If the LDNS sends the reference domain name and the local IP address of the terminal to the CDN DNS server at time M, and caches the correspondence between the domain name and the IP address, then the cache start time of the correspondence is time M, and the cache end time is N time, N time is later than M time. The cache duration of this correspondence is ⁇ T1, and ⁇ T1 is the difference between time N and time M.
  • LDNS no longer needs to send the domain name to the authoritative DNS server. Instead, it can directly query the cached correspondence and include the hit correspondence.
  • the IP address is returned to the application as the IP address corresponding to the domain name.
  • N time because the corresponding relationship is deleted, even if LDNS receives the same domain name sent by the application again, LDNS needs to send the domain name to the authoritative DNS server again to obtain the IP address corresponding to the domain name and re-cache a corresponding relation.
  • the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address stored by the CDN DNS server as the target node is the old correspondence.
  • the scheduler since the scheduler sends scheduling information to the CDN DNS server, that is, the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address, the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address stored by the CDN DNS server, The old correspondence will be transformed into a new correspondence.
  • the CDN DNS server receives the first correspondence sent by the scheduler at time X, then the CDN DNS server will uniformly transform the old correspondence into a new correspondence at time Y to achieve the goal starting from time Y. Scheduling of business traffic.
  • the Y time is later than the X time, and the difference between the Y time and the X time is ⁇ T2, and the ⁇ T2 is greater than or equal to ⁇ T1.
  • Time M is earlier than time X. Since at time M the CDN DNS server has not received the first correspondence sent by the scheduler, or the CDN DNS server does not know that the target business traffic needs to be scheduled, the CDN DNS server determines and returns the used Indicates the IP address of an edge node. This IP address is called the old IP address. Then, LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the old IP address according to the cache duration ⁇ T1. The cache start time of this correspondence is M time, and the cache end time is N time, that is, this correspondence is It is cleared at time N. Since time M is earlier than time X, and ⁇ T2 is greater than or equal to ⁇ T1, time N will not be later than time Y.
  • Time M is between time X and time Y.
  • the CDN DNS server has received the first correspondence sent by the scheduler at time M, since time Y has not yet been reached, the CDN DNS server still determines and returns the old IP address according to the old correspondence.
  • the CDN DNS server also returns a special cache duration ⁇ T3, which is smaller than the cache duration ⁇ T1.
  • LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the old IP address according to the special cache duration ⁇ T3.
  • the cache start time of this correspondence is M time
  • the cache end time is N' time, that is, this This correspondence is cleared at N' time, and the difference between N' time and M time is ⁇ T3.
  • the CDN DNS server will limit the value of ⁇ T3 to ensure that the N’ time is earlier than or equal to the Y time.
  • Time M is later than time Y. Since at time M the CDN DNS server has received the first correspondence sent by the scheduler and has reached time Y, the CDN DNS server determines and returns the IP address used to indicate an edge node according to the new correspondence, and This IP address is called the new IP address. Then, LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the new IP address according to the cache duration ⁇ T1.
  • LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the old IP address before time Y, so After receiving the domain name sent by the application, LDNS returns the old IP address to the application. Then the terminal where the application is located will exchange the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the old edge node indicated by the old IP address. LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the new IP address after time Y. Therefore, after receiving the domain name sent by the application, LDNS returns the new IP address to the application. Then the terminal where the application is located is the same as The new IP address indicates the target business traffic corresponding to the new edge node interaction domain name. As a result, the target service flow is scheduled from the old edge node to the new edge node starting from time Y, that is, the target service flow is scheduled starting from time Y.
  • the traffic scheduling process in the DNS scheduling scenario is explained by taking reducing the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node, as an example.
  • the old correspondence stored by the CDN DNS server is: the reference domain name corresponding to the domain name corresponding to the target business traffic corresponds to IP A.
  • the old IP address obtained by LDNS from the CDN DNS server is IP A, and the terminal sends an interaction request carrying the domain name to the first node indicated by IP A, and the terminal exchanges the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the first node.
  • the scheduler sends the first correspondence to the CDN DNS server.
  • the first correspondence is: the reference domain name corresponding to the domain name corresponding to the target business traffic, corresponding to IP B, CDN DNS server This first correspondence is regarded as a new correspondence.
  • the new IP address obtained by LDNS from the CDN DNS server is IP B, so the terminal sends an interaction request carrying the domain name to the second node indicated by IP B, and the terminal interacts with the second node for the target service. traffic, and no longer interacts with the target service traffic with the first node, thereby achieving scheduling of the target business traffic from the first node to the second node.
  • Adjustment method C2 is suitable for 302 scheduling scenarios.
  • the target nodes are the first node and the second node
  • the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node.
  • the second correspondence relationship is used for the target node to interact with the terminal on the target service traffic after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal and in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship, or , in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node based on the second correspondence relationship, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact. Target business traffic.
  • the 302 scheduling scenario can be seen in Figure 11.
  • the 302 scheduling scenario includes but is not limited to: terminal, authoritative DNS server with authoritative DNS installed, CDN DNS server corresponding to CDN, edge node in CDN, source server and scheduler.
  • the terminal includes applications and local domain name system (local DNS, LDNS).
  • the edge node includes a first node and a second node.
  • the IP address of the first node is IP A and the IP address of the second node is IP B.
  • the total number of nodes included in the CDN where the edge node is located is not limited here.
  • the terminal is connected to the authoritative DNS server and CDN DNS server respectively.
  • the terminal is also connected to the edge node, and the edge node is also connected to the source server and scheduler.
  • the application Before scheduling the target business traffic, the application sends a domain name to LDNS. Based on the domain name, LDNS obtains an old IP address from the CDN DNS server. The old IP address is used to indicate the old edge node. The terminal where the application is located sends the old IP address to the old edge node. The edge node sends an interaction request, and the terminal exchanges target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the old edge node.
  • LDNS obtains an old IP address from the CDN DNS server.
  • the old IP address is used to indicate the old edge node.
  • the terminal where the application is located sends the old IP address to the old edge node.
  • the edge node sends an interaction request, and the terminal exchanges target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the old edge node.
  • the instructions in adjustment method C2 please refer to the instructions in adjustment method C2 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the scheduler When scheduling the target business traffic, the scheduler sends the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address to each edge node, and each edge node stores the second correspondence respectively, and the interaction request in the second correspondence It is used to exchange the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name.
  • the IP address in the second correspondence relationship is a new IP address used to indicate the new edge node.
  • the terminal After scheduling the target service traffic, because the terminal has not obtained the new IP address of the new edge node, the terminal still Then send an interaction request to the old edge node according to the old IP address.
  • the old edge node After the old edge node receives the interaction request, it queries the second correspondence relationship based on the interaction request and obtains the new IP address corresponding to the interaction request. Since the new IP address is different from the IP address of the old edge node itself, the old edge node returns the new IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the terminal, as well as a return code that conforms to universal standards. The return code is used to instruct the terminal to access the new IP address. , so that the terminal obtains the new IP address of the new edge node.
  • the terminal can send interaction requests to the new edge node according to the new IP address.
  • the new edge node After the new edge node receives the interaction request, it queries the second correspondence relationship based on the interaction request and also obtains the new IP address corresponding to the interaction request. Since the new IP address is the same as the IP address of the new edge node itself, the new edge node can interact with the terminal for target service traffic.
  • the traffic scheduling process in the 302 scheduling scenario is explained by taking reducing the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node, as an example.
  • the terminal Before scheduling the target service traffic, the terminal sends an interaction request to the old IP address, that is, the first node indicated by IP A, and the terminal exchanges the target service traffic with the first node.
  • the scheduling executor in the scheduler sends a second correspondence to the first node and the second node.
  • the second correspondence is: an interaction request for interacting with the target business traffic, corresponding to IP B.
  • the terminal After scheduling the target business traffic, the terminal first sends an interaction request to the first node.
  • the first node queries the second corresponding relationship based on the interaction request to obtain IP B. Since IP B is different from the IP A of the first node, the first node The terminal returns a 302 response, which includes IP B. Then, the terminal sends an interaction request to the second node according to IP B. The second node queries the second correspondence based on the interaction request and also obtains IP B. Since IP B is the same as the IP B of the second node, the second node can interact with the terminal. Target business traffic.
  • the traffic scheduling process in the 302 scheduling scenario is explained by taking increasing the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal and the target service traffic, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the second node to the first node, as an example.
  • the terminal Before scheduling the target service traffic, the terminal sends an interaction request to the old IP address, that is, the second node indicated by IP B, and the terminal exchanges the target service traffic with the second node.
  • the scheduling executor in the scheduler sends a second correspondence to the second node and the first node.
  • the second correspondence is: an interaction request for interacting with the target business traffic, corresponding to IP A.
  • the terminal After scheduling the target business traffic, the terminal first sends an interaction request to the second node.
  • the second node queries the first correspondence based on the interaction request to obtain IP A. Since IP A is different from the second node’s IP B, the second node The terminal returns a 302 response, which includes IP A. Then, the terminal sends an interaction request to the first node according to IP A. The first node queries the first corresponding relationship based on the interaction request and also obtains IP A. Since IP A is the same as the IP A of the first node, the first node can interact with the terminal. Target business traffic.
  • the interaction request can carry a domain name.
  • the schedulers shown in Figures 12 and 13 both include a scheduling perceptron, a scheduling decision maker and a scheduling executor.
  • the content of the interaction between the first node and the second node and the scheduling perceptron, the content of the interaction between the scheduling perceptron and the scheduling decision maker, and the content of the interaction between the scheduling decision maker and the scheduling executor can all be found in the corresponding description in Figure 9 above. Here No further details will be given.
  • Adjustment method C3 is suitable for application layer scheduling scenarios.
  • the target node is a terminal, and the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address.
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node, and the second correspondence is for the terminal. Determine the IP address corresponding to the interaction request, and send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target business traffic.
  • the application layer scheduling scenario can be seen in Figure 14.
  • the application layer scenario includes but is not limited to the terminal, the application layer server corresponding to the CDN, the edge node in the CDN, the origin server and the scheduler.
  • the terminal includes applications and application layer components.
  • the edge node includes but is not limited to a first node and a second node.
  • the IP address of the first node is IP A and the IP address of the second node is IP B.
  • the terminal is connected to the application layer server, edge node and scheduler respectively, and the edge node is also connected to the source server and scheduler. catch.
  • the scheduler and the application layer server may be integrated into the same device, or the scheduler and the application layer server may be two different devices connected.
  • the scheduler may synchronize the second correspondence relationship delivered to the terminal to the application layer server.
  • the application program Before scheduling target business traffic, when a user of the terminal enters a domain name for the application program, the application program receives the domain name input by the user of the terminal.
  • the application generates an interaction request corresponding to the domain name, and the interaction request carries the domain name.
  • the application sends an interaction request to the application layer component.
  • the application layer component determines the IP address corresponding to the interaction request and returns the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the application.
  • the IP address indicates an edge node.
  • the terminal can send an interaction request to the edge node indicated by the IP address through the application program, so that the terminal can interact with the edge node indicated by the IP address with target business traffic corresponding to the domain name.
  • the application layer server includes but is not limited to a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) DNS server, and accordingly, the interaction request may be an HTTP request.
  • HTTP hypertext transfer protocol
  • the application layer component stores a correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, and the correspondence is obtained through the interaction between the application layer component and the application layer server. After the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application, it can query and hit the corresponding relationship based on the interaction request, obtain the IP address corresponding to the interaction request, and return it to the application.
  • the application layer does not store the corresponding relationship between the interaction request and the IP address.
  • the server interacts to obtain the corresponding relationship.
  • the interaction request and the local IP address of the terminal are sent to the application layer server.
  • the local IP address of the terminal indicates the location of the terminal.
  • the application layer server determines the IP address corresponding to the interaction request based on the received interaction request and the local IP address of the terminal.
  • the edge node indicated by the IP address is the edge node included in the CDN corresponding to the application layer server, and is the same as the location of the terminal. The nearest edge node.
  • the application layer server returns the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the application layer component, and the application layer component can return the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the application program.
  • the application layer component also stores the correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address.
  • the correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address stored by the application layer component is the old correspondence obtained by the interaction between the application layer component and the application layer server.
  • the old correspondence Including the old IP address, which indicates the old edge node, the terminal will exchange target service traffic with the old edge node.
  • the scheduler When scheduling the target business traffic, since the scheduler delivers the second correspondence to the terminal, that is, the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, the application layer component included in the terminal replaces the old correspondence with the second correspondence. Correspondence relationship, a new correspondence relationship is obtained, the new correspondence relationship includes a new IP address, and the new IP address indicates a new edge node.
  • the application layer component After scheduling the target business traffic, when the terminal sends an interaction request to the application layer component, the application layer component will query the new correspondence based on the interaction request, thereby returning a new IP address to the application, and the terminal will interact with the new edge node. business traffic.
  • the scheduler can flexibly select a manner of delivering the second correspondence relationship to the terminal based on the application layer component. The manner in which the scheduler delivers the second correspondence relationship to the terminal is not limited here.
  • the traffic scheduling process in the application layer scheduling scenario is explained by taking reducing the proportion of target service traffic between the first node and the second node and the terminal, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node, as an example.
  • the old correspondence stored by the application layer component is: the interaction request corresponding to the domain name, corresponding to IP A. If the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application program, then the IP address returned by the application layer component to the application program is IP A, then the terminal sends an interaction request carrying the interaction request to the first node indicated by IP A, and the terminal interacts with the first node. business traffic.
  • the scheduler sends a second correspondence to the application layer component.
  • the second correspondence is: the interaction request corresponding to the domain name corresponds to IP B.
  • the application layer component sends the second correspondence to IP B.
  • the two correspondences serve as new correspondences.
  • the application layer component After scheduling the target business traffic, if the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application program, the IP address returned by the application layer component to the application program is IP B, so the terminal sends a message carrying the IP address to the second node indicated by IP B. In the interaction request, the terminal exchanges target service traffic with the second node, but no longer interacts with the first node, thereby achieving scheduling of the target service flow from the first node to the second node.
  • steps 201 to 203 have been described.
  • the traffic scheduling method provided by the embodiment of the present application also includes some other steps, see the following description.
  • the method further includes: responding to the adjusted The ratio is such that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow, the scheduler issues an alarm, and the first service flow is at least two Business traffic other than the target business traffic among the business traffic.
  • the abnormal situation is that there is a problem with the distribution of business traffic, or that too much business traffic is allocated on the first node. Then the scheduler issues an alarm and may prompt to redistribute the service traffic, such as scheduling part of the first service traffic on the first node to the second node.
  • the abnormal situation is that there is a problem with the bandwidth configuration of the first node, or that the first node can provide less bandwidth. Then, when the scheduler issues an alarm, it can prompt the first node to reconfigure the bandwidth, such as increasing the bandwidth that the first node can provide.
  • the abnormal situation is that there is an unexpected sudden increase in the first business traffic and needs to be adjusted.
  • the scheduler may prompt to analyze the cause of the sudden increase in the first service flow, and adjust the first service flow based on the analyzed cause.
  • the method before the scheduler adjusts the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method further includes: the scheduler sends a request to the first node.
  • a node sends at least two business flows with priorities, and the priorities of at least two business flows are used for the first node to configure at least two queues and process at least two business flows through at least two queues. For at least two business flows, Any business flow, the priority of any business flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any business flow.
  • the bandwidth occupied by each business traffic may increase suddenly. This sudden increase is uncertain and often difficult to predict.
  • the scheduling of target business traffic may take some time to take effect. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the business traffic can be processed through the configured queue before scheduling the target business traffic, that is, before adjusting the ratio. This can achieve fast and timely scheduling of business traffic, avoid business traffic with different priorities from seizing each other's bandwidth, and avoid the actual business traffic decline that affects user experience.
  • the priorities of the service flows and the priorities of the queues can be in one-to-one correspondence. For example, see Figure 15, when there are 8 different priorities for business traffic, the first node can also configure 8 queues with different priorities, namely queue 1 to queue 8. Correspondingly, for any one of the at least two service flows, the priority of any one service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one service flow.
  • the data packets included in the business flow are added to the queue with a higher priority, so that the data packets included in the business flow are processed with higher priority, for example, through the first The node's port is forwarded with higher priority.
  • each queue obtains the tokens in the token bucket in order from high to low priority, and relies on the tokens to process data packets.
  • the token bucket is an internal storage pool of the first node, and the first node fills the token bucket with tokens at a certain rate, and the tokens represent the resources required to process the data packet.
  • excess tokens can be discarded. Therefore, the higher the priority of a queue, the more priority it can obtain the token, so that the data packets added to the queue can be processed with more priority.
  • the configured queue can be used to respond quickly first, ensuring that high-priority business traffic can occupy sufficient bandwidth, so that high-priority business traffic can occupy sufficient bandwidth.
  • the actual service quality of priority service traffic meets the SLA requirements.
  • the target service traffic is scheduled through steps 201 to 203.
  • the service traffic with lower priority is used as the target service flow, so that the service traffic with lower priority can also occupy sufficient bandwidth through scheduling.
  • the actual service quality can be guaranteed, so that the actual service quality of low-priority service traffic can also meet SLA requirements.
  • the bandwidth that a node can provide is evenly distributed to each service flow on the node, without considering the priorities of different service flows. For example, see Figure 16, the node allocates an average bandwidth of 60Mbps to each business flow. Moreover, each business flow is scheduled independently, and each business flow can only use the allocated bandwidth. That is, the bandwidth corresponding to different business flows cannot be reused with each other. The bandwidth occupied by traffic in different transmission directions on a node is often not the same. There are certain differences, which results in low bandwidth reuse rate, high bandwidth cost, and inflexible scheduling process.
  • the priorities of different business flows are clearly distinguished, the target business traffic is selected based on the priority, and the bandwidth occupied by each business flow is globally monitored.
  • the first node is adjusted The ratio of the target service flow to the second node and the terminal is interacted with to realize the scheduling of the target service flow. Since priority is considered in the scheduling process and global collaborative scheduling is performed, it not only helps improve the bandwidth reuse rate and reduce bandwidth costs, but also makes the scheduling process more flexible.
  • the target service traffic in the embodiment of the present application may be service traffic with lower priority and larger data volume.
  • Such target service traffic is suitable for scheduling and can provide sufficient scheduling space.
  • bandwidth is insufficient
  • lower-priority service traffic can yield bandwidth to other higher-priority service flows, thereby ensuring that the SLAs of higher-priority service flows are met first.
  • lower-priority business traffic can occupy the excess bandwidth, which will not affect the SLA of higher-priority business traffic and ensure that the SLA of lower-priority business traffic is met.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a traffic scheduling device.
  • the device is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system.
  • the traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. The first node and the second node are used to interact business traffic with the terminal.
  • This device is used to execute the traffic scheduling method executed by the scheduler in Fig. 2 through each module shown in Fig. 17.
  • the traffic scheduling device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following modules.
  • the acquisition module 1701 is used to obtain the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node, and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two service flows is the same;
  • Determining module 1702 configured to determine the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
  • the adjustment module 1703 is configured to adjust the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node.
  • the determining module 1702 is configured to determine, based on the priorities of at least two business flows, at least two Determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the service flows; determine the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
  • the determination module 1702 is configured to, in response to the existence of at least two lowest priority service flows, determine the service flow whose data amount is greater than the data amount threshold among the at least two lowest priority service flows as the target service. flow.
  • the priority is determined based on at least one information of SLA and connection type.
  • SLA is used to indicate service quality.
  • the priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by SLA.
  • the priority is related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type. Negative correlation.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is configured to determine the sum of bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node; determine a proportional adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; and adjust the first proportional adjustment method according to the proportional adjustment method.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to reduce the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service flow is within The bandwidth occupied on the first node reduces the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the second node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount;
  • the device also includes: an adding module for increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node.
  • the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to Equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is further configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than the first bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or, in response to the sum of bandwidths corresponding to a bandwidth cost being greater than the first cost threshold. , determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the second condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service flow is within The bandwidth occupied by the first node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node decreases the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is further configured to, in response to the sum of the bandwidths being less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of the bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or, In response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold, and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is configured to determine a proportional adjustment method in response to the sum of bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node.
  • the transmission directions of at least two service flows are consistent with the second service flow. Traffic travels in different directions.
  • the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is configured to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and send the scheduling information to the target node.
  • the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node and the terminal node. Proportion of end-to-end interaction target business traffic.
  • the target node is a CDN DNS server
  • the scheduling information is the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node
  • the first correspondence is for the CDN DNS server
  • the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name is returned to the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • the target nodes are the first node and the second node
  • the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address
  • the IP address indicates the first node or the second node
  • the second correspondence is represented by
  • the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal.
  • the IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
  • the target node is a terminal
  • the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is used by the terminal to determine the interaction request correspondence IP address, send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target business traffic.
  • the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is also configured to respond to the adjusted ratio so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than that of the first service flow. Based on the service quality indicated by the SLA, an alarm is issued, and the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among at least two service flows.
  • the adjustment module 1703 is also configured to send the priorities of at least two service flows to the first node, and the priorities of the at least two service flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues, through at least two Each queue processes at least two service flows, and for any one of the at least two service flows, the priority of any one service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one service flow.
  • the priorities of different business traffic are distinguished, the target business traffic is selected based on the priority, and the bandwidth occupied by each business traffic is globally monitored.
  • the first node and the third node are adjusted.
  • the two nodes interact with the terminal based on the ratio of target business traffic to achieve scheduling of target business traffic. Since priority is considered in the scheduling process and global collaborative scheduling is performed, it not only helps improve the bandwidth reuse rate and reduce bandwidth costs, but also makes the scheduling process more flexible.
  • the target service traffic in the embodiment of the present application may be service traffic with lower priority and larger data volume.
  • Such target service traffic is suitable for scheduling and can provide sufficient scheduling space.
  • bandwidth is insufficient
  • lower-priority service traffic can yield bandwidth to other higher-priority service flows, thereby ensuring that the SLAs of higher-priority service flows are met first.
  • lower-priority business traffic can occupy the excess bandwidth, which will not affect the SLA of higher-priority business traffic and ensure that the SLA of lower-priority business traffic is met.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of an exemplary traffic scheduling device 1800 of the present application.
  • the traffic scheduling Device 1800 includes at least one processor 1801 and memory 1803 .
  • the processor 1801 is, for example, a general central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), a network processor (network processor, NP), a GPU, or a neural network processor (neural-network processing). units (NPU), data processing unit (Data Processing Unit, DPU), microprocessor or one or more integrated circuits or application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), programmable logic used to implement the solution of this application device (programmable logic device, PLD), other general-purpose processors or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NP network processor
  • GPU a neural network processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuits
  • PLD programmable logic used to implement the solution of this application device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • PLD is, for example, a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. It is worth noting that the processor may be a processor that supports advanced RISC machines (ARM) architecture. It may implement or execute the various logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the traffic scheduling device 1800 also includes a bus 1802.
  • Bus 1802 is used to transmit information between various components of traffic scheduling device 1800.
  • the bus 1802 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc.
  • the bus 1802 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one line is used in Figure 18, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • Memory 1803 is, for example, volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • ROM is a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM).
  • RAM includes but is not limited to static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic random access memory, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic Random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • Memory 1803 may also be other types of storage devices that may store static information and instructions. Or it could be other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions. Or it can be other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures without limitation, any other medium in the form of the desired program code and capable of being accessed by a computer.
  • the memory 1803 exists independently, for example, and is connected to the processor 1801 through the bus 1802 . Memory 1803 may also be integrated with processor 1801.
  • the processor 1801 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 as shown in FIG. 18 .
  • CPUs can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor device.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the traffic scheduling device 1800 may include multiple processors, such as two processors 1801 as shown in Figure 18. Each of these processors can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • the memory 1803 is used to store program instructions 1804 for executing the solution of the present application
  • the processor 1801 can execute the program instructions 1804 stored in the memory 1803. That is to say, the traffic scheduling device 1800 can implement the method provided by the method embodiment, that is, the traffic scheduling method shown in Figure 2, through the processor 1801 and the program instructions 1804 in the memory 1803.
  • Program instructions 1804 may include one or more software modules.
  • the processor 1801 itself can also store program instructions for executing the solution of the present application.
  • the traffic scheduling device 1800 of the present application may correspond to the scheduler used to perform the above method.
  • the processor 1801 in the traffic scheduling device 1800 reads the instructions in the memory 1803 to enable the traffic scheduling shown in Figure 18
  • the device 1800 is capable of performing all or part of the steps in the method embodiments.
  • the traffic scheduling device 1800 may also correspond to the device shown in Figure 17 above.
  • Each functional module in the device shown in Figure 17 is implemented using the software of the traffic scheduling device 1800.
  • the functional modules included in the device shown in Figure 17 are generated by the processor 1801 of the traffic scheduling device 1800 after reading the program instructions 1804 stored in the memory 1803.
  • Each step of the method shown in Figure 2 is completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor of the traffic scheduling device 1800.
  • the steps of the method embodiments disclosed in this application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method embodiment in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, the details will not be described here.
  • a computer program (product) is provided.
  • the computer program (product) includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run by a computer, it causes the computer to perform any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores programs or instructions.
  • the program or instructions When the program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
  • a chip including a processor for calling and running instructions stored in the memory, so that a computer installed with the chip executes any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
  • another chip including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and a memory.
  • the input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected through an internal connection path.
  • the processor is used to execute the memory.
  • the computer installed with the chip executes any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated therein.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk), etc.
  • first, second, etc. are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same functions and functions. It should be understood that the terms “first”, “second” and “nth” There is no logical or sequential dependency, and there is no limit on the number or execution order. It should also be understood that, although the following description uses the terms first, second, etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes no limitation.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a traffic scheduling method, an apparatus, a device, and a computer readable storage medium, belonging to the technical field of communications. The method applied to a scheduler comprises: first, acquiring priorities of at least two service traffics on a first node and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service traffics on the first node, the transmission directions of the at least two service traffics being the same; afterwards, on the basis of the priorities of the at least two service traffics, determining a target service traffic among the at least two service traffics; and then, on the basis of the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service traffics on the first node, adjusting ratios of target service traffic interaction of the first node and the second node with a terminal. In the present application, a scheduled main service traffic, which is the target service traffic, is determined on the basis of the priorities of the service traffics, and the target service traffic is scheduled on the basis of the bandwidth occupied by each service traffic on each node. Therefore, each service traffic is scheduled in a unified and cooperative manner among the nodes, thus achieving a dynamic balance of the bandwidth occupied by each service traffic.

Description

流量调度方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质Traffic scheduling method, device, equipment and computer-readable storage medium
本申请要求于2022年07月15日提交的申请号为202210836899.5、发明名称为“贪婪式复用的带宽成本优化方法、装置、设备及介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,本申请要求于2022年09月20日提交的申请号为202211146275.7、发明名称为“流量调度方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requests the priority of the Chinese patent application with application number 202210836899.5 and the invention name "Greedy Multiplexing Bandwidth Cost Optimization Method, Device, Equipment and Medium" submitted on July 15, 2022. This application requests priority in 2022 The priority of the Chinese patent application with application number 202211146275.7 and the invention title "Traffic Scheduling Method, Device, Equipment and Computer-Readable Storage Medium" submitted on September 20, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及流量调度方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to traffic scheduling methods, devices, equipment and computer-readable storage media.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,信息化服务越来越普遍。在通信网络中,信息化服务所涉及的信息通过业务流量承载,因而通信网络包括的节点需要传输的业务流量不断增加。其中,节点传输业务流量依赖于带宽,如何基于带宽调度业务流量,成为值得关注的问题。With the development of communication technology, information services are becoming more and more common. In communication networks, the information involved in information services is carried through business traffic, so the nodes included in the communication network need to transmit increasing business traffic. Among them, node transmission of business traffic depends on bandwidth. How to schedule business traffic based on bandwidth has become an issue worthy of attention.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种流量调度方法、装置、设备及计算机可读存储介质,以基于带宽调度业务流量。本申请提供的技术方案包括如下的几个方面。This application provides a traffic scheduling method, device, equipment and computer-readable storage medium to schedule business traffic based on bandwidth. The technical solution provided by this application includes the following aspects.
第一方面,提供了一种流量调度方法,该方法应用于流量调度系统包括的调度器,流量调度系统还包括第一节点、第二节点和终端。其中,第一节点和第二节点用于与终端交互业务流量。在该方法中,调度器首先获取第一节点上的至少两个业务流量的优先级,以及至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,至少两个业务流量的传输方向相同。然后,调度器基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量。接着,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In a first aspect, a traffic scheduling method is provided, which method is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system. The traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. Wherein, the first node and the second node are used to exchange service traffic with the terminal. In this method, the scheduler first obtains the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node, and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two service flows is the same. Then, the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. Then, based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the target service flows of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal.
本申请区分不同业务流量的优先级,基于业务流量的优先级确定调度的主要业务流量,即目标业务流量。并且,全局监控各个业务流量占用的带宽,在需要进行全局协同调度时,通过调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,实现目标业务流量的调度。由于在调度过程中考虑了优先级,且进行了全局协同调度,因而不仅有利于提高带宽的复用率,降低带宽成本,而且使得调度过程较为灵活。This application distinguishes the priorities of different service flows, and determines the main service flow for scheduling based on the priority of the service flow, that is, the target service flow. In addition, the bandwidth occupied by each business flow is globally monitored, and when global collaborative scheduling is required, the target business flow is scheduled by adjusting the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal. Since priority is considered in the scheduling process and global collaborative scheduling is performed, it not only helps improve the bandwidth reuse rate and reduce bandwidth costs, but also makes the scheduling process more flexible.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量,包括:调度器基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定至少一个优先级最低的业务流量;调度器基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the scheduler determines the target service flow in at least two service flows based on the priorities of at least two service flows, including: the scheduler determines the target service flow in at least two service flows based on the priorities of at least two service flows. Determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the service flows; the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
本申请将优先级较低的业务流量确定为目标业务流量,由于该目标业务流量为主要被调度的业务流量,因而能够在调度期间保障优先级较高的业务流量的实际业务质量。由此,使得该实际业务质量能够满足用户的要求,或者说,使得该实际业务质量发生的变化处于用户 可容忍的范围内,保证了用户的体验。This application determines the service flow with lower priority as the target service flow. Since the target service flow is the main scheduled service flow, the actual service quality of the service flow with higher priority can be guaranteed during the scheduling period. As a result, the actual service quality can meet the user's requirements, or in other words, the changes in the actual service quality can be at the user's discretion. Within the tolerable range, the user experience is guaranteed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量,包括:响应于存在至少两个优先级最低的业务流量,调度器将至少两个优先级最低的业务流量中数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量确定为目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority, including: in response to the presence of at least two service flows with the lowest priority, the scheduler assigns at least two service flows with the lowest priority The business traffic in which the data volume is greater than the data volume threshold is determined as the target business traffic.
本申请将数据量较大的业务流量作为目标业务流量,使得调度器在调度时能够较大幅度的调度目标业务流量,也即是,完成调度之后,目标业务流量占用的带宽可以有较大幅度的改变,从而在调度时提供较大的调度空间。This application uses business traffic with a large amount of data as the target business traffic, so that the scheduler can schedule the target business traffic to a greater extent during scheduling. That is, after completing the scheduling, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic can be greater. changes, thereby providing a larger scheduling space during scheduling.
在一种可能的实现方式中,优先级基于服务级别协议(service level agreement,SLA)和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定,SLA用于指示业务质量,优先级与SLA指示的业务质量正相关,优先级与连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。In a possible implementation, the priority is determined based on at least one information from a service level agreement (SLA) and a connection type. The SLA is used to indicate service quality, and the priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA. , the priority is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
SLA指示的业务质量越高,代表该业务流量需要满足的业务质量要求越高,且用户对于该业务流量的业务质量发生降低时的容忍度越低。因此,调度时对该业务流量的实际业务质量的影响应该越小,所以该业务流量的优先级越高,从而能够减小了调度器将该业务流量确定为目标业务流量的可能性。另外,业务流量的连接类型对应的调度便利程度越大,表示在调度该业务流量的灵活性越高。所以,该业务流量的优先级越低,增加了将该业务流量确定为目标业务流量的可能性。The higher the service quality indicated by the SLA, the higher the service quality requirements that the service traffic needs to meet, and the lower the user's tolerance for the degradation of the service quality of the service traffic. Therefore, the impact on the actual service quality of the service flow during scheduling should be smaller, so the priority of the service flow is higher, thereby reducing the possibility that the scheduler determines the service flow as the target service flow. In addition, the greater the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of the business traffic, the higher the flexibility in scheduling the business traffic. Therefore, the lower the priority of the service flow, the more likely it is to determine the service flow as the target service flow.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,包括:调度器确定至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和;调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式;调度器按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In a possible implementation, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, including: the scheduler determines at least two The sum of the bandwidths occupied by each business flow on the first node; the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; the scheduler adjusts the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal according to the proportion adjustment method. Proportion.
本申请基于所确定的带宽之和确定比例调整方式,该比例调整方式是比例调整过程的基础,比例调整过程也即是调度目标业务流量的过程。This application determines a proportional adjustment method based on the determined sum of bandwidths. This proportional adjustment method is the basis of the proportional adjustment process. The proportional adjustment process is also the process of scheduling target service traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括:响应于带宽之和满足第一条件,调度器确定比例调整方式为降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量;方法还包括:增加第一业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量,所增加的带宽小于或等于带宽调度量。In a possible implementation, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including: in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, the scheduler determines that the proportion adjustment method is to reduce the first node and the second node and the terminal The proportion of the target business traffic is interacted such that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount; the method also includes: increasing the first business traffic The bandwidth occupied on the first node, the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
其中,带宽之和满足第一条件,则说明第一节点处于业务流量的高峰期,带宽不足,因而比例调整方式用于指示降低比例。也即是,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少,且目标业务流量第二节点上占用的带宽增加,还使得目标业务流量之外的第一业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加。由此,保证第一节点和第二节点上的各个业务流量的业务质量,并且使得第一节点和第二节点上的带宽均能够充分利用。Among them, if the sum of bandwidths meets the first condition, it means that the first node is in the peak period of business traffic and has insufficient bandwidth, so the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate a reduction in the proportion. That is to say, the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is reduced, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is increased, and the bandwidth occupied by the first business flow other than the target business flow on the first node is also increased. Bandwidth increases. Thus, the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node is guaranteed, and the bandwidth on both the first node and the second node can be fully utilized.
在一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:响应于带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件;或者,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first bandwidth threshold, determining that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being greater than the first cost threshold, Determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
无论是带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,还是带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,都说明第一节点处于业务流量的高峰期,带宽不足,因而可以确定满足第一条件。Whether the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first bandwidth threshold or the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, it means that the first node is in the peak period of business traffic and has insufficient bandwidth, so it can be determined that the first condition is met.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括:响应于带 宽之和满足第二条件,调度器确定比例调整方式为提高第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量。In a possible implementation, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including: responding to the bandwidth The sum of the widths satisfies the second condition, and the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount, and The bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
其中,带宽之和满足第二条件,则说明第一节点处于业务流量的低谷期,带宽富余,因而比例调整方式用于指示提高比例。也即是,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加,且目标业务流量第二节点上占用的带宽减少。由此,保证了第一节点和第二节点上的各个业务流量的业务质量,并且使得第一节点和第二节点上的带宽均能够充分利用。Among them, if the sum of bandwidths meets the second condition, it means that the first node is in the low period of business traffic and has sufficient bandwidth, so the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate an increase in the proportion. That is, the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is increased, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is reduced. Thus, the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node is guaranteed, and the bandwidth on the first node and the second node can be fully utilized.
在一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:响应于带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,第二带宽阈值小于或等于第一带宽阈值;或者,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,第二成本阈值小于或等于第一成本阈值。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: in response to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second bandwidth threshold, determining that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or, responding If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
无论是带宽之和小于第二带宽阈值,还是带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于第二成本阈值,都说明第一节点处于业务流量的低谷期,带宽富余,因而可以确定满足第二条件。Whether the sum of bandwidths is less than the second bandwidth threshold, or the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is less than the second cost threshold, it means that the first node is in a low period of business traffic and has excess bandwidth, so it can be determined that the second condition is met.
在一种可能的实现方式中,带宽调度量基于带宽之和、第一带宽阈值和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。In a possible implementation, the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
带宽之和与第一带宽成本阈值之间的关系,能够反映第一节点上可以调度的带宽量。第二节点的带宽使用情况,能够反映第二节点上可以调度的带宽量。因此,按照此种方式确定的带宽调度量较为准确,有利于在调度完成之后保障第一节点和第二节点上的各业务流量的业务质量。The relationship between the sum of bandwidths and the first bandwidth cost threshold can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the first node. The bandwidth usage of the second node can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the second node. Therefore, the bandwidth scheduling amount determined in this way is relatively accurate, which is conducive to ensuring the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node after the scheduling is completed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,带宽调度量基于带宽之和对应的带宽成本、第一成本阈值和第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。In a possible implementation, the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold, and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
带宽之和对应的带宽成本与第一成本阈值之间的关系,能够反映第一节点上可以调度的带宽量。第二节点的带宽成本使用情况,能够反映第二节点上可以调度的带宽量。因此,按照此种方式确定的带宽调度量较为准确,有利于缩减带宽成本,并保障第一节点和第二节点上的各业务流量的业务质量。The relationship between the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths and the first cost threshold can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the first node. The bandwidth cost usage of the second node can reflect the amount of bandwidth that can be scheduled on the second node. Therefore, the bandwidth scheduling amount determined in this way is relatively accurate, which is beneficial to reducing bandwidth costs and ensuring the service quality of each service flow on the first node and the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括:响应于带宽之和不同于第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽,调度器确定比例调整方式,至少两个业务流量的传输方向与第二业务流量的传输方向不同。In a possible implementation, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including: in response to the sum of bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method, The transmission directions of at least two service flows are different from the transmission direction of the second service flow.
在该实现方式中,第一节点上不同传输方向的业务流量所占用的带宽不同,因此,可以通过改变目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,使得不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽相同,或是缩小不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽之间的差距。In this implementation, the bandwidth occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions on the first node is different. Therefore, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node can be changed so that the bandwidth occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions is the same. , or narrow the gap between the bandwidth occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,比例调整方式基于带宽之和、第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。In a possible implementation manner, the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
按照此种方式确定的比例调整方式较为准确。The proportion adjustment method determined in this way is more accurate.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,包括:调度器按照比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度信息,向目标节点发送调度信息,调度信息和目标节点用于实现调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In a possible implementation manner, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal in a proportional adjustment manner, including: the scheduler determines the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and provides the The target node sends scheduling information, and the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the ratio of the first node, the second node, and the terminal to interact with the target service traffic.
也就是说,针对不同的目标节点,适应性的确定该目标节点对应的调度信息,从而可以 基于目标节点和调度信息实现比例的调整,也即是实现目标业务流量的调度,从而保证了各业务流量的业务质量以及用户的体验感。That is to say, for different target nodes, the scheduling information corresponding to the target node is adaptively determined, so that The adjustment of the proportion based on the target node and scheduling information is to achieve the scheduling of target business traffic, thereby ensuring the service quality of each business traffic and the user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标节点为内容分发网络(content delivery network,CDN)域名系统(domain name system,DNS)服务器,调度信息为参考域名与互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址之间的第一对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;In one possible implementation, the target node is a content delivery network (CDN) domain name system (DNS) server, and the scheduling information is between the reference domain name and the Internet Protocol (IP) address. The first correspondence relationship, the IP address indicates the first node or the second node;
第一对应关系用于CDN DNS服务器基于终端发送的参考域名向终端返回参考域名对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。The first correspondence relationship is used by the CDN DNS server to return the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send interaction requests to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with target business traffic.
通过向CDN DNS服务器发送第一对应关系,能够使得CDN DNS服务器基于第一对应关系与终端进行交互,使得终端通过该交互过程确定需要与哪个节点交互目标业务流量,从而实现目标业务流量的调度。By sending the first corresponding relationship to the CDN DNS server, the CDN DNS server can interact with the terminal based on the first corresponding relationship, so that the terminal determines which node needs to interact with the target business traffic through the interaction process, thereby realizing the scheduling of the target business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标节点为第一节点和第二节点,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第二对应关系用于目标节点在接收到终端发送的交互请求之后,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点为当前节点,则与终端交互目标业务流量,或者,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点非当前节点,则向终端返回交互请求对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the target nodes are the first node and the second node, the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence The relationship is used for the target node to interact with the target service traffic with the terminal in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal, or in response to the response based on the second corresponding relationship. If the second correspondence determines that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
向第一节点和第二节点发送第二对应关系,能够使得第一节点和第二节点均基于第二对应关系确定终端需要与哪个节点交互目标业务流量。如果需要与终端交互目标业务流量的节点是节点本身,则与终端交互目标业务流量。而如果需要与终端交互目标业务流量的节点不是节点本身,则告知终端需要与哪个节点交互目标业务流量,以便于终端与正确的节点交互目标业务流量。由此,实现了目标业务流量的调度。Sending the second correspondence relationship to the first node and the second node enables both the first node and the second node to determine which node the terminal needs to interact with the target service traffic based on the second correspondence relationship. If the node that needs to exchange target service traffic with the terminal is the node itself, then exchange the target service flow with the terminal. If the node with which the terminal needs to interact with the target service traffic is not the node itself, the terminal is informed with which node it needs to interact with the target service traffic, so that the terminal can interact with the correct node with the target service traffic. As a result, the scheduling of target business traffic is achieved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标节点为终端,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第二对应关系用于终端确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the target node is a terminal, and the scheduling information is a second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is used by the terminal to determine the interaction Request the corresponding IP address and send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
向终端发送交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,能够使得终端基于该第二对应关系确定是与第一节点交互目标业务流量,还是与第二节点交互目标业务流量,从而实现目标业务流量的调度。Sending the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address to the terminal enables the terminal to determine whether to interact with the first node for target service traffic or with the second node based on the second correspondence, thereby achieving the target service. Traffic scheduling.
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测和预测中的至少一种方式获取得到。In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
通过检测的方式,能够对至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽进行实时监控,从而及时确定比例调整方式并且及时调度,保证第一节点上的各业务流量的业务质量以及用户的体验感。而通过预测的方式,能够提前获知至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,更为及时的确定比例调整方式,并提前进行调度,进一步保证了第一节点上的各业务流量的业务质量以及用户的体验感。Through detection, the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node can be monitored in real time, so as to promptly determine the proportion adjustment method and schedule it in a timely manner to ensure the service quality of each business flow on the first node and the user experience. feel. Through prediction, the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node can be known in advance, the proportion adjustment method can be determined in a more timely manner, and scheduling can be carried out in advance, further ensuring the service quality of each business flow on the first node. quality and user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例之后,方法还包括:响应于调整后的比例使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽为零,且第一业务流量的业务质量低于第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,调度器进行告警,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。 In a possible implementation, after the scheduler adjusts the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method also includes: responding to The adjusted ratio makes the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node equal to zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow. The scheduler issues an alarm, and the first service flow is At least two service flows other than the target service flow.
其中,目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽为零,则代表第一节点上已不再存在目标业务流量,第一节点上的带宽全部由第一业务流量占用。但是,该第一业务质量的实际业务质量仍然低于第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,第一节点上的带宽仍然不足。由此,调度器可以通过告警,提示需要继续进行调度,以便于保证第一业务流量的实际业务质量满足第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量。Wherein, if the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, it means that the target service flow no longer exists on the first node, and all the bandwidth on the first node is occupied by the first service flow. However, the actual service quality of the first service quality is still lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow, and the bandwidth on the first node is still insufficient. Therefore, the scheduler can use an alarm to prompt that scheduling needs to continue, so as to ensure that the actual service quality of the first service flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例之前,方法还包括:调度器向第一节点发送至少两个业务流量的优先级,至少两个业务流量的优先级用于第一节点配置至少两个队列,通过至少两个队列处理至少两个业务流量,对于至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。In a possible implementation, before the scheduler adjusts the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method also includes: the scheduler Send the priorities of at least two business flows to the first node. The priorities of the at least two business flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues and process at least two business flows through the at least two queues. For at least two services For any business flow in the traffic, the priority of any business flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one business flow.
通过配置至少两个队列,并且使得一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理该业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配,能够在第一节点上的各业务流量占用的带宽发生突增或突降时,保证优先级较高的业务流量被优先处理。By configuring at least two queues and making the priority of a service flow match the priority of the queue used to process the service flow, it is possible to detect a sudden increase or decrease in the bandwidth occupied by each service flow on the first node. , ensuring that business traffic with higher priority is processed first.
第二方面,提供了一种流量调度装置,装置应用于流量调度系统包括的调度器,流量调度系统还包括第一节点、第二节点和终端,第一节点和第二节点用于与终端交互业务流量,装置包括:In a second aspect, a traffic scheduling device is provided. The device is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system. The traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. The first node and the second node are used to interact with the terminal. Business traffic, devices include:
获取模块,用于获取第一节点上的至少两个业务流量的优先级,以及至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,至少两个业务流量的传输方向相同;The acquisition module is used to obtain the priorities of at least two business flows on the first node, and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two business flows is the same;
确定模块,用于基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量;a determining module, configured to determine the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
调整模块,用于基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。The adjustment module is configured to adjust the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,确定模块,用于基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定至少一个优先级最低的业务流量;基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the determining module is configured to determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows; based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority Determine target business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,确定模块,用于响应于存在至少两个优先级最低的业务流量,将至少两个优先级最低的业务流量中数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量确定为目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the determining module is configured to, in response to the presence of at least two lowest priority service flows, determine as a target the service flow of the at least two lowest priority service flows whose data amount is greater than the data amount threshold. business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,优先级基于SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定,SLA用于指示业务质量,优先级与SLA指示的业务质量正相关,优先级与连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。In a possible implementation, the priority is determined based on at least one information of SLA and connection type. SLA is used to indicate service quality. The priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by SLA. The priority is related to the scheduling corresponding to the connection type. Convenience is negatively related.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,用于确定至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和;基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式;按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is used to determine the sum of bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node; determine a proportional adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; and adjust the proportional adjustment method according to the proportional adjustment method. The proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,用于响应于带宽之和满足第一条件,确定比例调整方式为降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量;In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to reduce the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service traffic The bandwidth occupied on the first node reduces the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the second node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount;
装置还包括:增加模块,用于增加第一业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量,所增加的带宽小于或等于带宽调 度量。The device also includes: an adding module for increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node. The first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to equal to the bandwidth adjustment measure.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,还用于响应于带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件;或者,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is further configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than the first bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or, in response to the sum of bandwidths, the corresponding bandwidth cost being greater than the first cost. threshold to determine that the sum of bandwidths meets the first condition.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,用于响应于带宽之和满足第二条件,确定比例调整方式为提高第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is configured to determine the proportion adjustment method in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the second condition to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service traffic The bandwidth occupied on the first node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node decreases the bandwidth scheduling amount.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,还用于响应于带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,第二带宽阈值小于或等于第一带宽阈值;或者,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,第二成本阈值小于或等于第一成本阈值。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is further configured to, in response to the sum of the bandwidths being less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of the bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or , in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,带宽调度量基于带宽之和、第一带宽阈值和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。In a possible implementation, the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,带宽调度量基于带宽之和对应的带宽成本、第一成本阈值和第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。In a possible implementation, the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold, and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,用于响应于带宽之和不同于第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽,确定比例调整方式,至少两个业务流量的传输方向与第二业务流量的传输方向不同。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is configured to determine a proportional adjustment method in response to the sum of bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second business traffic on the first node, so that the transmission directions of at least two business flows are consistent with the second Business traffic is transmitted in different directions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,比例调整方式基于带宽之和、第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。In a possible implementation manner, the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,用于按照比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度信息,向目标节点发送调度信息,调度信息和目标节点用于实现调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is used to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and send the scheduling information to the target node. The scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node. The proportion of terminal interaction target business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标节点为CDN DNS服务器,调度信息为参考域名与IP地址之间的第一对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第一对应关系用于CDN DNS服务器基于终端发送的参考域名向终端返回参考域名对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the target node is a CDN DNS server, and the scheduling information is the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the first correspondence is used for the CDN The DNS server returns the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send interaction requests to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标节点为第一节点和第二节点,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第二对应关系用于目标节点在接收到终端发送的交互请求之后,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点为当前节点,则与终端交互目标业务流量,或者,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点非当前节点,则向终端返回交互请求对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the target nodes are the first node and the second node, the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence The relationship is used for the target node to interact with the target service traffic with the terminal in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal, or in response to the response based on the second corresponding relationship. If the second correspondence determines that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,目标节点为终端,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第二对应关系用于终端确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In a possible implementation, the target node is a terminal, and the scheduling information is a second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is used by the terminal to determine the interaction Request the corresponding IP address and send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
在一种可能的实现方式中,至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测和预测中的至少一种方式获取得到。 In a possible implementation manner, the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,还用于响应于调整后的比例使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽为零,且第一业务流量的业务质量低于第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,进行告警,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is also configured to respond to the adjusted ratio so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the first service flow. Based on the service quality indicated by the SLA, an alarm is issued, and the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among at least two service flows.
在一种可能的实现方式中,调整模块,还用于向第一节点发送至少两个业务流量的优先级,至少两个业务流量的优先级用于第一节点配置至少两个队列,通过至少两个队列处理至少两个业务流量,对于至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。In a possible implementation, the adjustment module is also configured to send the priorities of at least two business flows to the first node, and the priorities of the at least two business flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues, through at least The two queues process at least two service flows, and for any one of the at least two service flows, the priority of any one service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one service flow.
第三方面,提供了一种流量调度设备,设备包括存储器及处理器;存储器中存储有至少一条指令,至少一条指令由处理器加载并执行,以使流量调度设备实现第一方面及对应的可能的实现方式中任一的流量调度方法。In a third aspect, a traffic scheduling device is provided. The device includes a memory and a processor; at least one instruction is stored in the memory, and at least one instruction is loaded and executed by the processor, so that the traffic scheduling device realizes the first aspect and the corresponding possibilities. Any traffic scheduling method in the implementation.
第四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一条指令,指令由处理器加载并执行,以使计算机实现如第一方面及对应的可能的实现方式中任一的流量调度方法。In a fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. At least one instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the instruction is loaded and executed by the processor, so that the computer implements as in the first aspect and the corresponding possible implementation manners. Any traffic scheduling method.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机程序或计算机程序产品,计算机程序或计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令,计算机程序或指令被处理器执行,以使计算机实现第一方面及对应的可能的实现方式中任一的流量调度方法。In the fifth aspect, a computer program or computer program product is provided. The computer program or computer program product includes a computer program or instructions. The computer program or instructions are executed by a processor to enable the computer to implement the first aspect and corresponding possible implementation methods. Any traffic scheduling method.
第六方面,提供了一种芯片,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行存储器中存储的指令,使得安装有芯片的计算机执行第一方面及对应的可能的实现方式中任一的流量调度方法。In a sixth aspect, a chip is provided, including a processor for calling and running instructions stored in the memory, so that the computer installed with the chip executes any flow of the first aspect and corresponding possible implementations. Scheduling method.
第七方面,提供另一种芯片,包括:输入接口、输出接口、处理器和存储器,输入接口、输出接口、处理器以及存储器之间通过内部连接通路相连,处理器用于执行存储器中的代码,当代码被执行时,安装有芯片的计算机执行第一方面及对应的可能的实现方式中任一的流量调度方法。In the seventh aspect, another chip is provided, including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor and a memory. The input interface, the output interface, the processor and the memory are connected through an internal connection path. The processor is used to execute the code in the memory. When the code is executed, the computer installed with the chip executes any one of the traffic scheduling methods of the first aspect and corresponding possible implementations.
应当理解的是,本申请的第二方面至第七方面的技术方案及对应的可能的实现方式所取得的技术效果,可以参见上述对第一方面及其对应的可能的实现方式所取得的技术效果,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that for the technical effects achieved by the technical solutions of the second to seventh aspects of the present application and the corresponding possible implementations, please refer to the above-mentioned technologies achieved by the first aspect and the corresponding possible implementations. The effect will not be described here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种流量调度系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a traffic scheduling system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种流量调度方法的流程图;Figure 2 is a flow chart of a traffic scheduling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种参考对应关系的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a reference correspondence relationship provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种降低比例的情况下调度目标业务流量的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of scheduling target service traffic under a reduced ratio provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种提高比例的情况下调度目标业务流量的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of scheduling target service traffic at an increased ratio provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种流量调度方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a traffic scheduling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种流量调度方法的流程示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart of another traffic scheduling method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽不同的示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram illustrating different bandwidths occupied by business traffic in different transmission directions provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种调度器的结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a scheduler provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种DNS调度场景下的流量调度的示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in a DNS scheduling scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种302调度场景下的流量调度的示意图; Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in a 302 scheduling scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种302调度场景下的流量调度的示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in another 302 scheduling scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种302调度场景下的流量调度的示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of traffic scheduling in another 302 scheduling scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种应用层调度场景下的流程调度的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of process scheduling in an application layer scheduling scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通过队列处理业务流量的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of processing business traffic through queues provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种相关技术中分配带宽的示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of bandwidth allocation in a related technology provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种流量调度装置的示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of a traffic scheduling device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种流量调度设备的示意图。Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a traffic scheduling device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。The terms used in the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain specific embodiments of the present application and are not intended to limit the present application.
本申请实施例提供了一种流量调度系统,参见图1,该流量调度系统包括第一节点11、第二节点12、调度器13和终端14。其中,调度器13与第一节点11和第二节点12分别连接,终端14与第一节点11和第二节点12中的至少一个节点连接。第一节点11和第二节点12可以用于与终端14交互业务流量,调度器13可以用于在第一节点11和第二节点12上实现业务流量的调度。The embodiment of the present application provides a traffic scheduling system. Refer to Figure 1. The traffic scheduling system includes a first node 11, a second node 12, a scheduler 13 and a terminal 14. The scheduler 13 is connected to the first node 11 and the second node 12 respectively, and the terminal 14 is connected to at least one of the first node 11 and the second node 12 . The first node 11 and the second node 12 may be used to exchange service traffic with the terminal 14 , and the scheduler 13 may be used to implement scheduling of service traffic on the first node 11 and the second node 12 .
其中,图1所示的第一节点11和第二节点12可以形成CDN,第一节点11和第二节点12也称为CDN中的边缘节点。该CDN是一种以部署在各地的边缘节点为基础的智能虚拟网络,基于CDN这种智能虚拟网络,可以实现终端14与距离较近的边缘节点交互业务流量。Among them, the first node 11 and the second node 12 shown in Figure 1 may form a CDN, and the first node 11 and the second node 12 are also called edge nodes in the CDN. The CDN is an intelligent virtual network based on edge nodes deployed in various places. Based on the CDN, an intelligent virtual network, the terminal 14 can interact with business traffic with edge nodes that are relatively close to each other.
在终端14和边缘节点交互业务流量的过程中,该业务流量具有一定的传输方向,传输方向包括下行和上行。当业务流量的传输方向为下行时,边缘节点向终端14下发业务流量,业务流量为下行业务流量。或者,当业务流量的传输方向为上行时,终端14向边缘节点上传业务流量,业务流量为上行业务流量。In the process of interaction of service traffic between the terminal 14 and the edge node, the service traffic has a certain transmission direction, and the transmission direction includes downlink and uplink. When the transmission direction of the service traffic is downlink, the edge node delivers the service traffic to the terminal 14, and the service traffic is downlink service traffic. Or, when the transmission direction of the service traffic is uplink, the terminal 14 uploads the service traffic to the edge node, and the service traffic is uplink service traffic.
应理解的是,图1所示的第一节点11、第二节点12和终端14仅为举例,不用于造成数量上的限定。在本申请实施例中,第一节点11和第二节点12的数量之和为至少两个,终端14的数量为至少一个即可。It should be understood that the first node 11, the second node 12 and the terminal 14 shown in FIG. 1 are only examples and are not used to limit the number. In this embodiment of the present application, the sum of the numbers of the first nodes 11 and the second nodes 12 is at least two, and the number of terminals 14 is at least one.
可选地,图1所示的流量调度系统还可以包括源服务器。示例性地,源服务器可以与边缘节点连接,并通过负载均衡、内容分发等功能与边缘节点交互业务流量。在源服务器与边缘节点交互业务流量的过程中,业务流量也具有一定的传输方向。源服务器向边缘节点下发的业务流量为下行业务流量,边缘节点向源服务器上传的业务流量为上行业务流量。图1所示的调度器13和源服务器可以为两个独立的个体。或者,调度器13也可以与源服务器集成为一体。比如,调度器13可以是位于源服务器中的一个组件。Optionally, the traffic scheduling system shown in Figure 1 may also include a source server. For example, the origin server can connect to the edge node and exchange business traffic with the edge node through functions such as load balancing and content distribution. In the process of interaction of business traffic between the source server and the edge node, the business traffic also has a certain transmission direction. The business traffic delivered by the source server to the edge node is downlink business traffic, and the business traffic uploaded by the edge node to the source server is uplink business traffic. The scheduler 13 and the source server shown in Figure 1 may be two independent entities. Alternatively, the scheduler 13 can also be integrated with the source server. For example, scheduler 13 may be a component located in the origin server.
本申请提供了一种流量调度方法,该流量调度方法可以应用于图1所示的流量调度系统包括的调度器13中。如图2所示,该方法包括但不限于如下的步骤201至步骤203。This application provides a traffic scheduling method, which can be applied to the scheduler 13 included in the traffic scheduling system shown in Figure 1. As shown in Figure 2, the method includes but is not limited to the following steps 201 to 203.
步骤201,调度器获取第一节点上的至少两个业务流量的优先级,以及至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,至少两个业务流量的传输方向相同。Step 201: The scheduler obtains the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node. The transmission directions of the at least two service flows are the same.
其中,第一节点可以为CDN中的任意一个边缘节点,第一节点上存在传输方向相同的至少两个业务流量,传输方向包括下行和上行。示例性地,调度器可以根据传输方向的不同, 将第一节点上的所有业务流量分为两组,一组业务流量的传输方向均为下行,另一组业务流量的传输方向均为上行。之后,调度器将其中一组业务流量包括的全部或部分业务流量作为上述传输方向相同的至少两个业务流量。The first node can be any edge node in the CDN, and there are at least two service flows with the same transmission direction on the first node, and the transmission direction includes downlink and uplink. For example, the scheduler can, based on different transmission directions, All business traffic on the first node is divided into two groups. The transmission direction of one group of business traffic is all downlink, and the transmission direction of the other group of business traffic is all uplink. Afterwards, the scheduler treats all or part of the service flows included in the group of service flows as at least two service flows with the same transmission direction.
比如,参见图3,传输方向为下行的一组业务流量包括:直播业务流量、动态加速业务流量、CDN点播业务流量和CDN下载业务流量,而传输方向为上行的一组业务流量包括:直播业务流量、动态加速业务流量和视频接入服务(video ingestion service,VIS)业务流量。其中,VIS属于一种实时的、较大容量、较高并发的服务,VIS具备视频数据采集、视频数据分发、视频数据转存等能力。For example, see Figure 3. A group of business traffic with the transmission direction in the downlink direction includes: live broadcast service traffic, dynamic acceleration service traffic, CDN on-demand service traffic and CDN download service traffic, while a set of business traffic with the transmission direction in the uplink direction includes: live broadcast service traffic. traffic, dynamic acceleration business traffic and video access service (VIS) business traffic. Among them, VIS is a real-time, large-capacity, high-concurrency service. VIS has the capabilities of video data collection, video data distribution, and video data transfer.
针对第一节点上的传输方向相同的至少两个业务流量,对该至少两个业务流量的优先级进行说明。For at least two service flows with the same transmission direction on the first node, the priorities of the at least two service flows are described.
在示例性实施例中,优先级基于SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定,SLA用于指示业务质量。其中,优先级与SLA指示的业务质量正相关,优先级与连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。In an exemplary embodiment, the priority is determined based on at least one information of SLA and connection type, and SLA is used to indicate service quality. Among them, the priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the priority is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
一个业务流量的SLA所指示的业务质量,是通信服务的提供者向通信服务的使用者承诺的业务质量,也即是一个业务流量需要满足的业务质量。承诺的形式例如为合同形式。一个业务流量的SLA所指示的业务质量越高,代表通信服务的使用者对该业务流量的业务质量的要求越高、对该业务流量的业务质量发生降低的容忍度越低,该业务流量需要具有较强的可用性,且通信服务器的提供者需要为该业务流量承担的责任越多。The service quality indicated by the SLA of a business flow is the service quality promised by the communication service provider to the communication service users, that is, the service quality that a business flow needs to meet. The form of commitment is, for example, a contract. The higher the service quality indicated by the SLA of a service flow, the higher the communication service user's requirements for the service quality of the service flow and the lower the tolerance for the degradation of the service quality of the service flow. The service flow needs With stronger availability, the provider of the communication server needs to bear more responsibility for the business traffic.
通信服务器的提供者用于提供传输业务流量所需的资源。示例性地,通信服务器的提供者为互联网服务提供商(internet service provider,ISP),传输业务流量所需的资源例如为带宽。通信服务的使用者用于使用业务流量。示例性地,通信服务的使用者为终端的用户。在示例性实施例中,用于定义一个业务流量的SLA的指标,包括但不限于以下指标中的至少一种:平均故障间隔时间(mean time between failures,MTBF)、平均修复时间(mean time to repair,MTTR)、时延、抖动、吞吐量。The provider of the communication server is used to provide the resources required to transmit business traffic. For example, the provider of the communication server is an Internet service provider (ISP), and the resources required to transmit business traffic are, for example, bandwidth. Users of communication services are used to consume business traffic. For example, the user of the communication service is the user of the terminal. In an exemplary embodiment, indicators used to define an SLA for business traffic include, but are not limited to, at least one of the following indicators: mean time between failures (MTBF), mean time to repair (mean time to repair, MTTR), delay, jitter, throughput.
一个业务流量的连接类型,是终端与边缘节点之间建立的、用于交互该业务流量的通信连接的类型,该连接类型包括但不限于短连接和长连接。短连接在需要进行该业务流量的交互时才建立,在完成该业务流量的交互之后便断开。长连接则可以在需要进行该业务流量的交互之前建立,在完成业务流量的交互之后也不断开。对于一个业务流量而言,如果终端与边缘节点之间需要建立短连接来交互该业务流量,则该业务流量的连接类型为短连接,短连接对应的调度便利程度较大,即方便调度、能够灵活调度。或者,如果终端与边缘节点之间需要建立长连接来交互该业务流量,则该业务流量的连接类型为长连接,长连接对应的调度便利程度较小,即不方便调度、不能够灵活调度。The connection type of a business flow is the type of communication connection established between the terminal and the edge node for exchanging the business flow. The connection type includes but is not limited to short connection and long connection. The short connection is established only when the interaction of the business traffic is required, and is disconnected after the interaction of the business traffic is completed. A long connection can be established before the interaction of the business traffic is required and will not be disconnected after the interaction of the business traffic is completed. For a business flow, if a short connection needs to be established between the terminal and the edge node to interact with the business flow, the connection type of the business flow is a short connection. The short connection corresponds to a greater degree of scheduling convenience, that is, it is convenient for scheduling and can Flexible scheduling. Or, if a long connection needs to be established between the terminal and the edge node to exchange the service traffic, the connection type of the service traffic is a long connection. The scheduling convenience corresponding to the long connection is less, that is, it is inconvenient to schedule and cannot be flexibly scheduled.
示例性地,一个业务流量的优先级与该业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量正相关。其原因在于,一个业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量越高,则交互该业务流量的优先程度应越高,因而该业务流量的优先级也越高。示例性地,一个业务流量的优先级与该业务流量的连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。其原因在于,一个业务流量的连接类型对应的调度便利程度越高,该业务流量越方便调度,则交互该业务流量的优先程度可以越低,因而该业务流量的优先级也越低。应理解的是,不同业务流量的优先级可能相同,也可能不同。For example, the priority of a service flow is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA of the service flow. The reason is that the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA of a service flow, the higher the priority of exchanging the service flow, and therefore the higher the priority of the service flow. For example, the priority of a service flow is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of the service flow. The reason is that the higher the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of a service flow and the easier it is to schedule the service flow, the lower the priority of the exchange of the service flow can be, and therefore the lower the priority of the service flow. It should be understood that the priorities of different business traffic may be the same or different.
在示例性实施例中,基于SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息,确定至少两个业务流量的 优先级的方式,包括但不限于如下的确定方式A1和确定方式A2。In an exemplary embodiment, based on at least one information of SLA and connection type, at least two service flows are determined. Priority methods include but are not limited to the following determination method A1 and determination method A2.
确定方式A1,获取参考对应关系,基于参考对应关系确定至少两个业务流量的优先级,该参考对应关系为:SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息,与优先级之间的对应关系。Determination method A1 is to obtain a reference correspondence relationship, and determine priorities of at least two business flows based on the reference correspondence relationship. The reference correspondence relationship is: a correspondence relationship between at least one information of SLA and connection type and the priority.
其中,参考对应关系可以随机生成,也可以根据经验配置,在此不限定参考对应关系的获取方式,只要保证基于该参考对应关系确定的优先级,与业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量正相关,与连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关即可。Among them, the reference correspondence can be generated randomly or configured based on experience. The method of obtaining the reference correspondence is not limited here, as long as it is ensured that the priority determined based on the reference correspondence is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA of the business traffic. It suffices to be negatively correlated with the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
例如,参见图3,图3示出了一种示例性的参考对应关系,该参考对应关系为SLA、连接类型与优先级之间的对应关系。其中,直播业务流量的连接类型为长连接且SLA为高,SLA为高指示最高的业务质量,由参考对应关系可知优先级为一级,一级为最高的优先级。动态加速业务流量的连接类型为长连接且SLA为高,由参考对应关系可知优先级为一级。CDN点播业务流量的连接类型为短连接且SLA为中,SLA为中指示次高的业务质量,由该参考对应关系可知优先级为二级,该二级为次高的优先级。CDN下载业务流量的连接类型为短连接且SLA为低,SLA为低指示最低的业务质量,由该参考对应关系可知优先级为三级,三级为最低的优先级。VIS业务流量的连接类型为短连接且SLA为低,由参考对应关系可知优先级为三级。For example, see FIG. 3 , which shows an exemplary reference correspondence relationship, which is a correspondence relationship between SLA, connection type, and priority. Among them, the connection type of live broadcast service traffic is long connection and the SLA is high. A high SLA indicates the highest service quality. From the reference relationship, it can be seen that the priority is level one, and level one is the highest priority. The connection type of dynamically accelerating business traffic is long connection and the SLA is high. From the reference relationship, we can know that the priority is level one. The connection type of the CDN on-demand service traffic is short connection and the SLA is medium. An SLA of medium indicates the next highest service quality. From this reference correspondence, it can be seen that the priority is Level 2, and Level 2 is the second highest priority. The connection type of CDN download service traffic is short connection and the SLA is low. A low SLA indicates the lowest service quality. From this reference correspondence, it can be seen that the priority is level three, and level three is the lowest priority. The connection type of VIS service traffic is short connection and the SLA is low. From the reference relationship, it can be seen that the priority is level three.
应理解的是,一级为最高的优先级、三级为最低的优先级仅为举例,本申请实施例也可以使得三级为最高的优先级、一级为最低的优先级。并且,优先级包括一级、二级、三级也仅为举例,优先级的数量和表示优先级的方式并不局限于此。比如,也可以使得优先级包括金、银、铜,还可以使得优先级包括A级、B级、C级、D级,等等。It should be understood that level one is the highest priority and level three is the lowest priority. This is only an example. In the embodiment of the present application, level three is the highest priority and level one is the lowest priority. Moreover, the priority levels including first level, second level, and third level are only examples, and the number of priorities and the way of expressing the priorities are not limited thereto. For example, the priority levels can also be made to include gold, silver, and bronze, and the priorities can also be made to include level A, level B, level C, level D, and so on.
确定方式A2,调度器基于SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息,确定至少两个业务流量的综合分值,基于至少两个业务流量的综合分值,确定至少两个业务流量的优先级。Determination method A2: the scheduler determines the comprehensive scores of at least two service flows based on at least one information of SLA and connection type, and determines the priorities of at least two service flows based on the comprehensive scores of at least two service flows.
其中,确定方式A2可以包括如下的步骤1至步骤3。The determination method A2 may include the following steps 1 to 3.
步骤1,确定SLA对应的第一分值,以及连接类型对应的第二分值,则一个业务流量的综合分值基于第一分值和第二分值中的至少一个分值确定。Step 1: Determine the first score corresponding to the SLA and the second score corresponding to the connection type, then the comprehensive score of a business flow is determined based on at least one of the first score and the second score.
由于本申请实施例需要使得基于综合分值确定的优先级,与业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量正相关,与连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关,因而在确定SLA对应的第一分值、连接类型对应的第二分值时,存在如下两种实施方式。Since the embodiment of the present application needs to make the priority determined based on the comprehensive score positively correlated with the service quality indicated by the SLA of the business flow and negatively correlated with the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type, therefore, when determining the first score corresponding to the SLA, When determining the second score corresponding to the connection type, there are the following two implementation methods.
在一种实施方式中,综合分值越高,则基于综合分值确定的优先级越高。那么,SLA指示的业务质量越高,令SLA对应越大的第一分值,连接类型对应的调度便利程度越高,令连接类型对应越小的第二分值。比如,SLA为高则第一分值为80,SLA为中则第一分值为60,SLA为低则第一分值为40。又比如,连接类型为长连接则第二分值为80,连接类型为短连接则第二分值为60。In one implementation, the higher the comprehensive score, the higher the priority determined based on the comprehensive score. Then, the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA, the larger the first score corresponding to the SLA, and the higher the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type, and the smaller the second score corresponding to the connection type. For example, if SLA is high, the first score is 80, if SLA is medium, the first score is 60, and if SLA is low, the first score is 40. For another example, if the connection type is a long connection, the second score is 80, and if the connection type is a short connection, the second score is 60.
在另一种实施方式中,综合分值越低,则基于综合分值确定的优先级越高。那么,SLA指示的业务质量越高,令SLA对应越小的第一分值,连接类型对应的调度便利程度越高,令连接类型对应越大的第二分值。此种实施方式不再举例赘述。In another implementation manner, the lower the comprehensive score, the higher the priority determined based on the comprehensive score. Then, the higher the service quality indicated by the SLA, the smaller the first score corresponding to the SLA, and the higher the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type, and the larger the second score corresponding to the connection type. This embodiment will not be described again.
步骤2,对第一分值和第二分值中的至少一个分值进行加权计算,将得到的计算结果确定为业务流量的综合分值。Step 2: Perform a weighted calculation on at least one of the first score and the second score, and determine the obtained calculation result as a comprehensive score of the business flow.
由于加权计算需要使用权重,因而需要确定第一分值的权重和第二分值的权重,确认方式例如为随机生成,又例如为根据经验配置,在此不作限定。第一分值的权重和第二分值的 权重可以相同或不同。例如,对于一个业务流量而言,如果仅存在第一分值,则第一分值的权重为1,或者,如果仅存在第二分值,则第二分值的权重为1,又或者,如果既存在第一分值又存在第二分值,则第一分值的权重与第二分值的权重之和为1。Since the weighting calculation requires the use of weights, the weight of the first score and the weight of the second score need to be determined. The confirmation method is, for example, random generation or configuration based on experience, which is not limited here. The weight of the first score and the weight of the second score The weights can be the same or different. For example, for a business flow, if there is only the first score, the weight of the first score is 1, or if there is only the second score, the weight of the second score is 1, or, If there is both a first score and a second score, the sum of the weight of the first score and the weight of the second score is 1.
比如,一个业务流量的SLA对应的第一分值为80,第一分值的权重为0.6,该业务流量的连接类型对应的第二分值为60,第二分值的权重为0.4,则进行加权计算得到的计算结果,也即是该业务流量的综合分值,等于72。For example, the first score corresponding to the SLA of a business flow is 80, and the weight of the first score is 0.6, and the second score corresponding to the connection type of the business flow is 60, and the weight of the second score is 0.4, then The calculation result obtained by performing weighted calculation, that is, the comprehensive score of the business traffic, is equal to 72.
步骤3,基于业务流量的综合分值所在的取值范围,将取值范围对应的优先级确定为业务流量的优先级。Step 3: Based on the value range of the comprehensive score of the business traffic, determine the priority corresponding to the value range as the priority of the business traffic.
该取值范围可以与优先级一一对应,取值范围和优先级的数量可以为至少一个。以综合分值越高、基于综合分值确定的优先级越高为例,取值范围1为61-70,对应优先级为三级,取值范围2为71-80,对应优先级为二级,取值范围3为81-90,对应优先级为一级。那么,如果一个业务流量的综合分值为步骤2中计算的72,则由于72位于取值范围2中,因而将取值范围2对应的优先级,即二级,确定为该业务流量的优先级。The value range may correspond to the priority one-to-one, and the number of the value range and the priority may be at least one. For example, the higher the comprehensive score, the higher the priority determined based on the comprehensive score. The value range 1 is 61-70, corresponding to priority level three, and the value range 2 is 71-80, corresponding to priority level two. Level, the value range 3 is 81-90, and the corresponding priority is level one. Then, if the comprehensive score of a business flow is 72 calculated in step 2, then since 72 is in the value range 2, the priority corresponding to the value range 2, that is, Level 2, is determined as the priority of the business flow. class.
另外,针对第一节点上的传输方向相同的至少两个业务流量,对该至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽进行说明。In addition, for at least two service flows with the same transmission direction on the first node, the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node is described.
其中,第一节点提供一定的总带宽供第一节点上的至少两个业务流量占用,至少两个业务流量中的各个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的取值为正数。带宽的单位例如为兆比特每秒(megabits per second,Mbps),在此不作限定。The first node provides a certain total bandwidth for at least two service flows on the first node to occupy, and the value of the bandwidth occupied by each of the at least two service flows on the first node is a positive number. The unit of bandwidth is, for example, megabits per second (Mbps), which is not limited here.
在示例性实施例中,至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测和预测中的至少一种方式获取得到。由于调度器获取了至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,因而调度器是对第一节点上的至少两个业务流量进行全局监控,以便于后续实现至少两个业务流量的统一协同调度,调度器也称为主协同调度器。由此,可以避免不同的业务流量的调度过程发生冲突,避免造成带宽的浪费,或者带宽对应的带宽成本的浪费。In an exemplary embodiment, the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction. Since the scheduler obtains the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node, the scheduler globally monitors at least two business flows on the first node to facilitate subsequent unified coordination of at least two business flows. Scheduling, the scheduler is also called the main co-scheduler. Therefore, it is possible to avoid conflicts in the scheduling process of different business flows, thereby avoiding a waste of bandwidth or a waste of bandwidth costs corresponding to the bandwidth.
对于检测方式,调度器在第一时段内检测至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽之后,便可以基于检测到的带宽进行业务流量的调度。调度过程参见后文的步骤203,此处暂不赘述。示例性地,调度器可以接收第一节点周期性主动上报的带宽信息,或者,调度器可以向第一节点发送指令,接收第一节点根据指令上报反馈的带宽信息,该带宽信息包括至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽。由此,调度器便可以实现带宽的检测。示例性地,在第一节点上报的带宽信息中,一个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽包括至少一个对应有时间单位的带宽,该时间单位大于或等于第一节点和调度器所能识别的最小单位。For the detection method, after the scheduler detects the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node in the first period, the scheduler can schedule the business flows based on the detected bandwidth. For the scheduling process, please refer to step 203 below, which will not be described again here. For example, the scheduler may receive bandwidth information periodically and proactively reported by the first node, or the scheduler may send an instruction to the first node and receive bandwidth information reported and fed back by the first node according to the instruction. The bandwidth information includes at least two The bandwidth occupied by business traffic on the first node. From this, the scheduler can implement bandwidth detection. For example, in the bandwidth information reported by the first node, the bandwidth occupied by a business flow on the first node includes at least one bandwidth corresponding to a time unit, and the time unit is greater than or equal to the time unit that can be identified by the first node and the scheduler. the smallest unit.
对于预测方式,调度器在第一时段内检测至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽之后,基于检测到的带宽预测第二时段内至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,该第二时段晚于第一时段。例如,调度器可以获取预测模型,该预测模型用于根据输入的带宽输出预测的带宽。调度器将检测到的带宽输入该预测模型,得到预测模型输出的预测到的带宽,该预测到的带宽可以体现业务流量在第二时段内出现峰值的时间、数据量等等。在此不限定进行预测的方式。在得到预测到的带宽后,便可以基于预测到的带宽进行业务流量的调度,调度过程同样参见后文的步骤203,此处暂不赘述。For the prediction method, after the scheduler detects the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node in the first period, it predicts the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node in the second period based on the detected bandwidth. , the second time period is later than the first time period. For example, the scheduler can obtain a predictive model that outputs predicted bandwidth based on the input bandwidth. The scheduler inputs the detected bandwidth into the prediction model and obtains the predicted bandwidth output by the prediction model. The predicted bandwidth can reflect the time when the business traffic peaks in the second period, the amount of data, and so on. The method of prediction is not limited here. After the predicted bandwidth is obtained, the service traffic can be scheduled based on the predicted bandwidth. For the scheduling process, please also refer to step 203 below, which will not be described again here.
示例性地,基于预测到的带宽进行业务流量的调度,可以是基于检测到的带宽和预测到的带宽共同调度业务流量,则用于调度业务流量的带宽的数据量较大,可以使得对业务流量 的调度更为及时准确。或者,基于预测到的带宽进行业务流量的调度,也可以是仅基于预测到的带宽而不基于检测到的带宽调度业务流量。For example, the scheduling of service traffic based on the predicted bandwidth may be based on the detected bandwidth and the predicted bandwidth. In this case, the amount of data used to schedule the bandwidth of the service flow is relatively large, which can make the business flow more efficient. flow The scheduling is more timely and accurate. Alternatively, the service traffic may be scheduled based on the predicted bandwidth, or the service traffic may be scheduled only based on the predicted bandwidth and not based on the detected bandwidth.
应理解的是,对于不同的业务流量而言,获取在第一节点上占用的带宽方式可以相同,也可以不同。比如,至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽均通过检测方式获取得到,或者均通过预测方式获取得到。又比如,至少两个业务流量中的一部分业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测方式得到,另一部分业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽通过预测方式获取得到。It should be understood that for different service flows, the method of obtaining the bandwidth occupied on the first node may be the same or different. For example, the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node is obtained through detection, or both are obtained through prediction. For another example, the bandwidth occupied by a part of the at least two business flows on the first node is obtained through detection, and the bandwidth occupied by the other part of the business flow on the first node is obtained through prediction.
步骤202,调度器基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量。Step 202: The scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows.
由于步骤201中调度器获取了至少两个业务流量的优先级,因而可以基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,从至少两个业务流量中确定至少一个目标业务流量。调度器在后续进行流量调度的过程中,主要针对该目标业务流量进行调度,该目标业务流量也称为主贪婪流量。示例性地,当调度器确定出目标业务流量之后,可以向终端发送提示信息,该提示信息用于提示目标业务流量将作为主贪婪流量,并引导终端的用户使用目标业务流量。调度器针对目标业务流量的调度,例如为调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点和第二节点上占用的带宽发生改变,后文的步骤203中会进行详细说明。Since the scheduler obtains the priorities of at least two service flows in step 201, it can determine at least one target service flow from the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. In the subsequent process of traffic scheduling, the scheduler mainly schedules the target business traffic, which is also called the main greedy traffic. For example, after the scheduler determines the target service flow, it can send prompt information to the terminal. The prompt information is used to prompt that the target service flow will be the main greedy flow and guide users of the terminal to use the target service flow. The scheduler schedules the target business traffic, for example, to adjust the proportion of the target business traffic between the first node and the second node and the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node and the second node changes, as described below. Details will be described in step 203.
示例性地,调度器基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量,包括:调度器基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定至少一个优先级最低的业务流量,调度器基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量。Exemplarily, the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows, including: the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. There is at least one service flow with the lowest priority, and the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
其中,当至少两个业务流量中不存在优先级相同的业务流量时,优先级最低的业务流量的数量为一个。或者,当至少两个业务流量中存在优先级相同的业务流量时,优先级最低的业务流量的数量则可能为一个,也可能为多个。比如,参见图3,最低的优先级为三级,则优先级最低的业务流量的数量为两个,即CDN下载业务流量和VIS业务流量。Wherein, when there is no service flow with the same priority in at least two service flows, the number of the service flow with the lowest priority is one. Or, when there are service flows with the same priority in at least two service flows, the number of the service flows with the lowest priority may be one or multiple. For example, as shown in Figure 3, the lowest priority is level three, so the number of business flows with the lowest priority is two, namely CDN download business traffic and VIS business traffic.
在一些实施方式中,响应于仅存在一个优先级最低的业务流量,则这一个优先级最低的业务流量即为目标业务流量。也即是,调度器基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量,包括:调度器将这一个优先级最低的业务流量作为目标业务流量。In some implementations, in response to the fact that there is only one service flow with the lowest priority, this one service flow with the lowest priority is the target service flow. That is, the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority, including: the scheduler uses the service flow with the lowest priority as the target service flow.
由于一个业务流量的优先级与该业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量正相关,与该业务流量的连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关,而本申请实施例将优先级最低的业务流量作为了目标业务流量,因而该目标业务流量是SLA指示的业务质量较低的、调度便利程度较高的一种业务流量。调度器主要针对此种目标业务流量进行调度,即使由于调度而导致目标业务流量的实际业务质量降低,也会由于目标业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量本身就较低,而使得实际业务质量仍然能够大于或等于SLA指示的业务质量,从而保证目标业务流量的实际业务质量满足SLA指示的业务质量。并且,针对此种目标业务流量的调度也较为灵活、方便。Since the priority of a service flow is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA of the service flow and negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type of the service flow, the embodiment of the present application targets the service flow with the lowest priority. Business traffic, therefore the target business traffic is a kind of business traffic with lower service quality and higher scheduling convenience indicated by SLA. The scheduler mainly schedules this kind of target service traffic. Even if the actual service quality of the target service flow is reduced due to scheduling, the service quality indicated by the SLA of the target service flow is itself low, so that the actual service quality can still be reduced. Greater than or equal to the service quality indicated by the SLA, thereby ensuring that the actual service quality of the target service flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA. Moreover, the scheduling of such target business traffic is also more flexible and convenient.
在另一些实施方式中,响应于存在至少两个优先级最低的业务流量,调度器基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量,包括:调度器将至少两个优先级最低的业务流量中数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量确定为目标业务流量。In other embodiments, in response to the presence of at least two lowest priority service flows, the scheduler determines the target service flow based on at least one lowest priority service flow, including: the scheduler assigns the at least two lowest priority service flows to The business traffic whose data volume is greater than the data volume threshold is determined as the target business traffic.
在此种实施方式中,除了能够保证目标业务流量的实际业务质量满足SLA指示的业务质量,以及能够使得针对目标业务流量的调度较为灵活、方便之外,还能够保证目标业务流量是数据量较大的业务流量,或者说目标业务流量是流量占比较大的业务流量。由于目标业务 流量的数据量较大,因而调度器能够对目标业务流量进行较大幅度的调度,比如使得目标业务流量在第一节点和第二节点上占用的带宽发生较大的改变,从而提供足量的调度空间。示例性地,数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量,可以是数据量最大的业务流量。In this implementation, in addition to ensuring that the actual service quality of the target service flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA and making the scheduling of the target service flow more flexible and convenient, it can also ensure that the target service flow has a relatively large amount of data. Large business traffic, or target business traffic is business traffic that accounts for a relatively large proportion of traffic. due to target business The amount of traffic data is large, so the scheduler can schedule the target business traffic to a greater extent, such as making a large change in the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node and the second node, thereby providing sufficient Scheduling space. For example, the business traffic with a data volume greater than the data volume threshold may be the business traffic with the largest data volume.
当然,除了按照上述的说明,基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量之外,还可以将优先级非最低且优先级非最高的业务流量确定为目标业务流量。此种方式也有较大的概率使得目标业务流量的实际业务质量满足SLA指示的业务质量,且针对此种目标业务流量的调度也较为灵活、方便。比如,第一节点上存在10种业务流量,优先级分别为一级至十级,一级为最高的优先级,十级为最低的优先级。则除了按照上述的说明将优先级为十级的业务流量确定为目标业务流量之外,也可以将优先级为七级、八级或者九级的业务流量等等确定为目标业务流量。Of course, in addition to determining the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority according to the above description, a service flow with a non-lowest priority and a non-highest priority can also be determined as the target service flow. This method also has a high probability of making the actual service quality of the target service flow meet the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the scheduling of this kind of target service flow is also more flexible and convenient. For example, there are 10 types of business traffic on the first node, with priorities ranging from level one to level ten, with level one being the highest priority and level ten being the lowest priority. In addition to determining the service traffic with priority level ten as the target service flow according to the above description, the service traffic with priority level seven, eight, or nine can also be determined as the target service flow.
以上,对确定目标业务流量的方式进行了说明。在本申请实施例中,可以针对每个传输方向分别确定至少一个目标业务流量。比如,在传输方向为下行的各个业务流量中,确定传输方向为下行的一个目标业务流量,并在传输方向为上行的各个业务流量中,确定传输方向为上行的一个目标业务流量。The above describes the method of determining target business traffic. In this embodiment of the present application, at least one target service flow may be determined for each transmission direction. For example, among each service flow with the transmission direction being downlink, determine a target service flow with the transmission direction being downlink, and among each service flow with the transmission direction being uplink, determine a target service flow with the transmission direction being uplink.
步骤203,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。Step 203: Based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of target service flows between the first node and the second node and the terminal.
由于步骤201中调度器获取了至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,而步骤202中调度器确定了目标业务流量,因而调度器可以基于获取的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。该第二节点可以为CDN中的任意一个边缘节点。例如,该第二节点可以为CDN中与第一节点绑定的边缘节点,第一节点和第二节点之间的绑定关系可以根据实际需求进行配置,在此不作限定。通过调整该比例,可以使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽发生改变,也即是,限制了目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的实际带宽。另外,目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽也发生改变。Since in step 201 the scheduler obtains the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, and in step 202 the scheduler determines the target service flow, the scheduler can adjust the first node and the second node based on the obtained bandwidth. The proportion of target business traffic between nodes and terminals. The second node can be any edge node in the CDN. For example, the second node may be an edge node bound to the first node in the CDN, and the binding relationship between the first node and the second node may be configured according to actual requirements, which is not limited here. By adjusting the ratio, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node can be changed, that is, the actual bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is limited. In addition, the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node also changes.
其中,如果该比例降低,则说明第一节点与终端交互的目标业务流量减少,目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少,而第二节点与终端交互的目标业务流量增加,目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加,也就相当于将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点。示例性地,在降低该比例之前目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽可以为零,也即是在降低比例之前,第二节点可以不与终端交互业务流量。当然,在降低该比例之前,目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽也可以不为零,在此不作限定。Among them, if the ratio decreases, it means that the target business traffic of the first node interacting with the terminal decreases, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node decreases, while the target business traffic of the second node interacting with the terminal increases, and the target business traffic The increase in the bandwidth occupied on the second node is equivalent to scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node. For example, before the ratio is reduced, the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node may be zero, that is, before the ratio is reduced, the second node may not exchange service traffic with the terminal. Of course, before reducing the ratio, the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node may not be zero, which is not limited here.
比如,在调整该比例之前,位于A地的20个终端、位于B地的30个终端均与第一节点交互目标业务流量,而位于C地的50个终端则与第二节点交互目标业务流量,那么在调整该比例之前,第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例为50:50。而在降低该比例之后,位于A地的20个终端改为与第二节点交互目标业务流量,那么在降低该比例之后,第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例为30:70。For example, before adjusting the ratio, 20 terminals located in location A and 30 terminals located in location B all interact with the first node for target business traffic, while 50 terminals located at location C interact with the second node for target business traffic. , then before adjusting the ratio, the ratio of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node to the terminal is 50:50. After reducing the ratio, the 20 terminals at location A switch to interacting with the second node for target business traffic. After reducing the ratio, the ratio of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal for target business traffic is 30: 70.
或者,如果该比例增加,则说明第一节点与终端交互的目标业务流量增加,目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加,而第二节点与终端交互的目标业务流量较少,目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少,也就相当于将一部分目标业务流量由第二节点调度至第一节点。此种情况不再举例赘述。Or, if the ratio increases, it means that the target business traffic of the first node interacting with the terminal increases, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node increases, while the target business traffic of the second node interacting with the terminal is less, and the target business The bandwidth occupied by the traffic on the second node is reduced, which is equivalent to scheduling part of the target service traffic from the second node to the first node. This situation will not be repeated again.
在示例性实施例中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一 节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,包括:调度器确定至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和;调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式;调度器按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In an exemplary embodiment, the scheduler adjusts the first node based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node. The proportion of the target service traffic of the node and the second node interacting with the terminal includes: the scheduler determines the sum of the bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node; the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; scheduling The controller adjusts the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal according to the proportional adjustment method.
其中,调度器在获取到至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽之后,对获取的带宽进行求和,即可得到带宽之和。接着,便可以基于带宽之和确定比例调整方式,该比例调整方式可以用于指示降低比例,也可以用于指示提高比例。然后,按照比例调整方式,即可实现调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。After the scheduler obtains the bandwidth occupied by at least two business flows on the first node, the scheduler sums the obtained bandwidths to obtain the sum of the bandwidths. Then, the proportion adjustment method can be determined based on the sum of the bandwidths, and the proportion adjustment method can be used to indicate a reduction in the proportion, or can also be used to indicate an increase in the proportion. Then, according to the proportional adjustment method, the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal can be adjusted.
示例性地,调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括但不限于如下的确定方式B1至确定方式B3。For example, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths, including but not limited to the following determination methods B1 to B3.
确定方式B1,响应于带宽之和满足第一条件,调度器确定比例调整方式为降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量。Determining method B1, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method to reduce the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node Reduce the bandwidth scheduling amount, and increase the bandwidth scheduling amount for the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node.
其中,第一条件用于指示第一节点处于业务流量的高峰期、带宽不足,因而比例调整方式用于指示降低比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少,以缓解第一节点的带宽压力。Among them, the first condition is used to indicate that the first node is in the peak period of business traffic and has insufficient bandwidth. Therefore, the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate reducing the proportion so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is reduced to alleviate the problem of the first node. bandwidth pressure.
在一些实施方式中,响应于带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件,该第一带宽阈值可以根据经验或者实际需求设置,在此不作限定。例如,对于一个业务流量而言,确定该业务流量的实际业务质量满足该业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量时所需要的参考带宽,也即是能够满足用户要求、能够保证用户体验时所需要的参考带宽,将至少两个业务流量的第一参考带宽之和作为第一带宽阈值。则,当带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值时,说明可能存在实际业务质量不满足SLA指示的业务质量的业务流量,用户体验受到影响,进而说明第一节点处于业务流量的高峰期、带宽不足。In some embodiments, in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first bandwidth threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition. The first bandwidth threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, which is not limited here. For example, for a business flow, determine the reference bandwidth required when the actual service quality of the business flow meets the service quality indicated by the SLA of the business flow, that is, the reference bandwidth required to meet user requirements and ensure user experience. For the reference bandwidth, the sum of the first reference bandwidths of at least two service flows is used as the first bandwidth threshold. Then, when the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first bandwidth threshold, it means that there may be service traffic whose actual service quality does not meet the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the user experience is affected, which further means that the first node is in the peak period of service traffic and has insufficient bandwidth.
在另一些实施方式中,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件,该第一成本阈值可以根据经验或者实际需求设置,在此不作限定。例如,可以将上述至少两个业务流量的第一参考带宽之和对应的带宽成本作为第一成本阈值。In other embodiments, in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition. The first cost threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, which is not limited here. For example, the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the first reference bandwidths of the at least two service flows may be used as the first cost threshold.
无论是带宽之和对应的带宽成本,还是第一参考带宽之和对应的带宽成本,均需要基于一定的计费模式确定,该计费模式包括但不限于百分之95(percent 95,P95)计费。以确定带宽之和对应的带宽成本为例,说明P95计费的过程。其中,按照一定的采集频率,比如每5分钟一次,采集第一节点在一段时间内的多个带宽之和,按照降序方式排列多个带宽之和,得到序列。在该序列中,前5%的带宽之和不进行计费,在其余的95%的带宽之和中,将最大的一个带宽之和对应的费用,确定为第一节点在该段时间内的带宽之和对应的带宽成本。Whether it is the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths or the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the first reference bandwidths, they need to be determined based on a certain billing model. The billing model includes but is not limited to 95 percent (percent 95, P95) Billing. Taking the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths as an example to illustrate the P95 billing process. Among them, according to a certain collection frequency, such as once every 5 minutes, collect the sum of multiple bandwidths of the first node within a period of time, and arrange the sum of multiple bandwidths in descending order to obtain a sequence. In this sequence, the first 5% of the total bandwidth is not billed. Among the remaining 95% of the total bandwidth, the fee corresponding to the largest sum of bandwidth is determined as the first node's cost during that period. The bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths.
参见图4,至少两个业务流量包括目标业务流量和第一业务流量,第一业务流量也即是至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。在至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和满足第一条件的情况下,调度器需要按照比例调整方式,降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加该带宽调度量。在图4中,实线代表调度之前的目标业务流量,虚线代表调度之后的目标业务流量,箭头代表调度方向。Referring to Figure 4, the at least two service flows include the target service flow and the first service flow. The first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow in the at least two service flows. When the sum of the bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node satisfies the first condition, the scheduler needs to reduce the proportion of the first node and the second node's interaction with the terminal in a proportional adjustment manner. , the target business flow is scheduled from the first node to the second node, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount. In Figure 4, the solid line represents the target service flow before scheduling, the dotted line represents the target service flow after scheduling, and the arrow represents the scheduling direction.
示例性地,图4所示的情况是将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至一个第二节点的情况,除 了图4所示的情况之外,也可以将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至两个以上的第二节点。则目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加该带宽调度量,是指目标业务流量在两个以上的第二节点上占用的带宽的增加量之和为该带宽调度量。Exemplarily, the situation shown in Figure 4 is the situation where the target service traffic is scheduled from the first node to a second node, except that In addition to the situation shown in Figure 4, the target service traffic can also be scheduled from the first node to two or more second nodes. Then the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount, which means that the sum of the increases in the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on more than two second nodes is the bandwidth scheduling amount.
应理解的是,在调度器降低比例之前,需要确定该带宽调度量。在一些实施方式中,该带宽调度量的取值为默认数值,该默认数值可以通过配置得到,在此不作限定。在另一些实施方式中,调度器通过计算得到该带宽调度量,参见如下说明。It should be understood that the bandwidth scheduling amount needs to be determined before the scheduler reduces the ratio. In some implementations, the value of the bandwidth scheduling amount is a default value, which can be obtained through configuration and is not limited here. In other implementations, the scheduler obtains the bandwidth scheduling amount through calculation, see the following description.
示例性地,对于带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,则确定带宽之和满足第一条件的情况,该带宽调度量基于带宽之和、第一带宽阈值和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。可选地,一个第二节点的带宽使用情况用于指示该第二节点上是否有可以占用的带宽。如果一个第二节点的带宽使用情况指示该第二节点上有可以占用的带宽,调度器将第二节点作为备选第二节点。For example, if the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first bandwidth threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition, and the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold and the bandwidth usage of the second node. Optionally, the bandwidth usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is available bandwidth on the second node. If the bandwidth usage of a second node indicates that there is bandwidth that can be occupied on the second node, the scheduler uses the second node as an alternative second node.
接着,调度器确定带宽之和与第一带宽阈值之间的第一差值,将该第一差值作为带宽调度量的最小值,带宽调度量的最小值体现了需要从第一节点上调走多少目标业务流量。调度器还确定各个备选第二节点上可以占用的带宽之和,将该可以占用的带宽之和作为带宽调度量的最大值,带宽调度量的最大值体现了第二节点可以接纳多少目标业务流量。然后,调度器从带宽调度量的最小值和带宽调度量的最大值之间,根据实际情况选择一个数值作为带宽调度量即可。调度器按照此种带宽调度量降低比例,能够在调度完成之后,使得该至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和小于第一带宽阈值。Next, the scheduler determines the first difference between the sum of bandwidths and the first bandwidth threshold, and uses the first difference as the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount. The minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount reflects the need to transfer resources from the first node. How much target business traffic. The scheduler also determines the sum of the bandwidths that can be occupied by each candidate second node, and uses the sum of the bandwidths that can be occupied as the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount. The maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount reflects how many target services the second node can accommodate. flow. Then, the scheduler selects a value between the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount and the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount as the bandwidth scheduling amount according to the actual situation. According to this bandwidth scheduling amount reduction ratio, the scheduler can make the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node less than the first bandwidth threshold after the scheduling is completed.
可选地,调度器计算第二节点上的各个业务流量占用的带宽的第二参考带宽之和,并按照P95计费的计费模式,确定出第二节点上用于计费的一个带宽值,该带宽值为不需要计费的5%与需要计费的95%之间的分界点,则当第二参考带宽之和小于该带宽值时则需要计费,当第二参考带宽之和大于该带宽值时不需要计费。Optionally, the scheduler calculates the sum of the second reference bandwidth of the bandwidth occupied by each service traffic on the second node, and determines a bandwidth value for charging on the second node according to the charging mode of P95 charging. , this bandwidth value is the dividing point between 5% that does not require charging and 95% that requires charging. When the sum of the second reference bandwidths is less than this bandwidth value, charging is required. When the sum of the second reference bandwidths No charging is required if the bandwidth is greater than this value.
如果第二参考带宽之和小于该带宽值,且带宽值与第二参考带宽之和的差值大于第一参考阈值,认为该第二节点上有可以占用的带宽,该第二节点属于备选第二节点,且可以占用的带宽即为带宽值与第二参考带宽之和的差值。If the sum of the second reference bandwidths is less than the bandwidth value, and the difference between the bandwidth value and the sum of the second reference bandwidths is greater than the first reference threshold, it is considered that there is bandwidth that can be occupied on the second node, and the second node is a candidate The second node, and the bandwidth that can be occupied is the difference between the bandwidth value and the sum of the second reference bandwidth.
或者,如果第二参考带宽之和大于该带宽值,则无论在第二参考带宽之和的基础上增加多少带宽,均属于不需要计费的范畴,因而认为该第二节点上有可以占用的带宽,该第二节点属于备选第二节点,且可以占用的带宽为无限大。Or, if the sum of the second reference bandwidths is greater than the bandwidth value, no matter how much bandwidth is added to the sum of the second reference bandwidths, it does not require charging, so it is considered that there is available bandwidth on the second node. Bandwidth, the second node is an alternative second node, and the bandwidth it can occupy is infinite.
示例性地,对于带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,则确定带宽之和满足第一条件的情况,该带宽调度量基于带宽之和对应的带宽成本、第一成本阈值和第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。可选地,一个第二节点的成本使用情况用于指示该第二节点上是否有可以使用的带宽成本。如果一个第二节点的成本使用情况指示该第二节点上有可以使用的带宽成本,调度器将第二节点作为备选第二节点,一个备选第二节点上可以占用的带宽为该可以使用的带宽成本对应的带宽。For example, if the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths meets the first condition, and the bandwidth scheduling amount is based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold and the second cost threshold. The node's bandwidth cost usage is determined. Optionally, the cost usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is usable bandwidth cost on the second node. If the cost usage of a second node indicates that there is usable bandwidth cost on the second node, the scheduler will use the second node as an alternative second node, and the bandwidth that can be occupied on an alternative second node is the usable bandwidth cost. The bandwidth cost corresponds to the bandwidth.
调度器可以确定带宽之和对应的带宽成本与第一成本阈值之间的第二差值,将第二差值对应的带宽作为带宽调度量的最小值,将各个备选第二节点上可以占用的带宽之和作为带宽调度量的最大值,从而在带宽调度量的最小值和带宽调度量的最大值之间选择得到带宽调度量。调度器按照此种带宽调度量降低比例,能够在调度完成之后,使得该至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于第一成本阈值。The scheduler can determine the second difference between the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths and the first cost threshold, use the bandwidth corresponding to the second difference as the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount, and calculate the bandwidth that can be occupied on each candidate second node. The sum of the bandwidths is taken as the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount, so that the bandwidth scheduling amount is obtained by selecting between the minimum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount and the maximum value of the bandwidth scheduling amount. According to this bandwidth scheduling reduction ratio, the scheduler can make the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node less than the first cost threshold after the scheduling is completed.
在示例性实施例中,对于确定方式B1,方法还可以包括:增加第一业务流量在第一节点 上占用的带宽,所增加的带宽小于或等于带宽调度量。根据上文图4对应的说明可知,该第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, for the determination method B1, the method may further include: increasing the first service flow at the first node The bandwidth occupied is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount. According to the description corresponding to Figure 4 above, it can be known that the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows.
其中,由于调度器在减少目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽之后,又增加了第一业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,因而相当于目标业务流量向第一业务流量退让了带宽。由此,可以降低第一节点与终端交互该第一业务流量的时延,提高第一业务流量的实际业务质量,有利于保证第一业务流量的实际业务质量满足第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,能够提升用户的体验。另外,由于所增加的带宽小于或等于带宽调度量,因而在增加第一业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽之后,目标业务流量占用的带宽与第一业务流量占用的带宽的带宽之和可以不超过第一带宽阈值,或是带宽之和对应的成本不超过第一成本阈值。Among them, since the scheduler reduces the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node, it then increases the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node, which is equivalent to the target service flow giving up the bandwidth to the first service flow. . Thus, the delay between the first node and the terminal in interacting with the first service flow can be reduced, and the actual service quality of the first service flow can be improved, which is conducive to ensuring that the actual service quality of the first service flow meets the SLA indication of the first service flow. Service quality can improve user experience. In addition, since the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount, after increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node, the sum of the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow and the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow can be does not exceed the first bandwidth threshold, or the cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths does not exceed the first cost threshold.
确定方式B2,响应于带宽之和满足第二条件,调度器确定比例调整方式为提高第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量。Determining method B2, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the second condition, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node The bandwidth scheduling amount is increased, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
其中,第二条件用于指示第一节点处于业务流量的低谷期、带宽富余,因而比例调整方式用于指示提高比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加,以使得第一节点上富余的带宽能够充分复用。由此,在第一节点上实现了削峰填谷,谷即代表第一节点上的富余的带宽。Among them, the second condition is used to indicate that the first node is in a low period of business traffic and has excess bandwidth, so the proportion adjustment method is used to indicate increasing the proportion so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node increases, so that the first node The excess bandwidth can be fully reused. As a result, peak shaving and valley filling are realized on the first node, and the valley represents the excess bandwidth on the first node.
在一些实施方式中,响应于带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,该第二带宽阈值小于或等于上文确定方式B1中说明的第一带宽阈值,该第二带宽阈值可以根据经验或者实际需求设置,在此不作限定。In some embodiments, in response to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second bandwidth threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold explained in the above determination manner B1, the The second bandwidth threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, and is not limited here.
在另一些实施方式中,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,计算带宽之和对应的带宽成本的方式可以参见上文确定方式B1中的说明,此处不再赘述。其中,该第二成本阈值小于或等于上文确定方式B1中说明的第一成本阈值,该第二成本阈值可以根据经验或者实际需求设置,在此不作限定。In other embodiments, in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition. The method of calculating the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths can refer to the determination method B1 above. The description in will not be repeated here. The second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold described in the above determination method B1. The second cost threshold can be set based on experience or actual needs, and is not limited here.
参见图5,至少两个业务流量包括目标业务流量和第一业务流量,第一业务流量也即是至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。在至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和满足第二条件的情况下,调度器需要按照比例调整方式,提高第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,将目标业务流量由第二节点调度至第一节点,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少该带宽调度量。在图5中,实线代表调度之前的目标业务流量,虚线代表调度之后的目标业务流量,箭头代表调度方向。Referring to Figure 5, at least two service flows include target service flow and first service flow. The first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow in the at least two service flows. When the sum of the bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node satisfies the second condition, the scheduler needs to adjust proportionally to increase the proportion of target business flows between the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal. , the target business flow is scheduled from the second node to the first node, so that the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the first node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business flow on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount. In Figure 5, the solid line represents the target service flow before scheduling, the dotted line represents the target service flow after scheduling, and the arrow represents the scheduling direction.
示例性地,图5所示的情况是将目标业务流量由一个第二节点调度至第一节点的情况,除了图5所示的情况之外,也可以将目标业务流量由两个以上的第二节点分别调度至第一节点。则目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,是指目标业务流量在两个以上的第二节点上占用的带宽的减少量之和为该带宽调度量。For example, the situation shown in Figure 5 is a situation where the target service traffic is scheduled from a second node to the first node. In addition to the situation shown in Figure 5, the target service traffic can also be dispatched from two or more third nodes. The two nodes are respectively scheduled to the first node. The bandwidth reduction amount of the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node means that the sum of the reduction amounts of the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on more than two second nodes is the bandwidth scheduling amount.
应理解的是,在调度器提高比例之前,需要确定该带宽调度量。在一些实施方式中,该带宽调度量的取值为默认数值,该默认数值可以通过配置得到,在此不作限定。在另一些实施方式中,调度器通过计算得到该带宽调度量,参见如下说明。It should be understood that the bandwidth scheduling amount needs to be determined before the scheduler increases the ratio. In some implementations, the value of the bandwidth scheduling amount is a default value, which can be obtained through configuration and is not limited here. In other implementations, the scheduler obtains the bandwidth scheduling amount through calculation, see the following description.
示例性地,对于带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,则确定带宽之和满足第二条件的情况,该带宽调度量基于带宽之和、第一带宽阈值和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。可选地, 一个第二节点的带宽使用情况用于指示该第二节点上是否有占用一定带宽的目标业务流量,如果一个第二节点的带宽使用情况指示该第二节点上有占用一定带宽的目标业务流量,调度器将第二节点作为备选第二节点。For example, if the sum of bandwidths is less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths meets the second condition, and the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold and the bandwidth usage of the second node. . optionally, The bandwidth usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is target business traffic occupying a certain bandwidth on the second node. If the bandwidth usage of a second node indicates that there is target business traffic occupying a certain bandwidth on the second node, The scheduler uses the second node as an alternative second node.
接着,调度器确定第一带宽阈值与带宽之和之间的第三差值,将该第三差值作为带宽调度量的一个取值指标,该一个取值指标体现了第一节点可以接纳多少目标业务流量。调度器还确定各个备选第二节点上目标业务流量所占用的带宽之和,将所占用的带宽之和作为带宽调度量的另一个取值指标,该另一个取值指标体现了第二节点可以调走多少目标业务流量。然后,调度器从将两个取值指标中较小的一个取值指标作为目标取值指标,根据实际情况选择小于或等于该目标取值指标的一个数值作为带宽调度量即可。调度器按照此种带宽调度量提高比例,能够在调度完成之后,使得该至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和大于第二带宽阈值,且小于第一带宽阈值。Next, the scheduler determines the third difference between the first bandwidth threshold and the sum of bandwidths, and uses the third difference as a value index for the bandwidth scheduling amount. This value index reflects how much the first node can accommodate. Target business traffic. The scheduler also determines the sum of the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on each candidate second node, and uses the sum of the occupied bandwidth as another value indicator of the bandwidth scheduling amount. This other value indicator reflects the second node's bandwidth. How much target business traffic can be transferred away. Then, the scheduler takes the smaller of the two value indicators as the target value indicator, and selects a value less than or equal to the target value indicator as the bandwidth scheduling amount according to the actual situation. According to this bandwidth scheduling amount increase ratio, the scheduler can make the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node greater than the second bandwidth threshold and less than the first bandwidth threshold after the scheduling is completed.
示例性地,对于带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,则确定带宽之和满足第二条件的情况,该带宽调度量基于带宽之和对应的带宽成本、第一成本阈值和第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。可选地,一个第二节点的成本使用情况用于指示该第二节点上是否有使用一定带宽成本的目标业务流量。如果一个第二节点的成本使用情况指示该第二节点上有使用一定带宽成本的目标业务流量,调度器将第二节点作为备选第二节点。For example, if the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths meets the second condition, and the bandwidth scheduling amount is based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold and The bandwidth cost usage of the second node is determined. Optionally, the cost usage of a second node is used to indicate whether there is target service traffic using a certain bandwidth cost on the second node. If the cost usage of a second node indicates that there is target service traffic using a certain bandwidth cost on the second node, the scheduler uses the second node as an alternative second node.
调度器可以确定第一成本阈值与带宽之和对应的带宽成本之间的第四差值,将第四差值对应的带宽作为带宽调度量的一个取值指标,将各个备选第二节点上目标业务流量使用的带宽成本对应的带宽之和对应的带宽作为带宽调度量的另一个取值指标,然后,调度器从将两个取值指标中较小的一个取值指标作为目标取值指标,根据实际情况选择小于或等于该目标取值指标的一个数值作为带宽调度量即可。调度器按照此种带宽调度量提高比例,能够在调度完成后,使得该至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第二成本阈值,且小于第一成本阈值。The scheduler may determine the fourth difference between the first cost threshold and the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, use the bandwidth corresponding to the fourth difference as a value indicator of the bandwidth scheduling amount, and assign the bandwidth cost to each candidate second node The bandwidth corresponding to the sum of the bandwidth corresponding to the bandwidth cost used by the target business traffic is used as another value indicator of the bandwidth scheduling amount. Then, the scheduler uses the smaller of the two value indicators as the target value indicator. , according to the actual situation, select a value less than or equal to the target value index as the bandwidth scheduling amount. According to this bandwidth scheduling increase ratio, the scheduler can make the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node greater than the second cost threshold and less than the first cost threshold after the scheduling is completed. Cost threshold.
以上的确定方式B1是降低比例的方式,以上的确定方式B2是提高比例的方式,应理解的是,第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,也可以是保持不变的。比如,确定至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和,如果该带宽之和位于第一带宽阈值与第二带宽阈值之间,则说明虽然第一节点上有富余的带宽,但富余的带宽较少,因而可以不对目标业务流量进行调度,从而保持比例不变。又比如,如果该带宽之和对应的带宽成本位于第一成本阈值与第二成本阈值之间,则说明第一节点上有富余的带宽成本,但富余的带宽成本较少,进而说明第一节点上富余的带宽也较少,则也可以保持比例不变。基于此,参见图6和图7,图6和图7分别为一种流量调度方法的流程示意图。The above determination method B1 is a way to reduce the ratio, and the above determination method B2 is a way to increase the ratio. It should be understood that the ratio of the first node and the second node to the terminal interactive target service traffic can also remain unchanged. . For example, determine the sum of bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node. If the sum of bandwidths is between the first bandwidth threshold and the second bandwidth threshold, it means that although there is excess bandwidth on the first node , but there is less spare bandwidth, so the target service traffic can not be scheduled, thus keeping the ratio unchanged. For another example, if the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is between the first cost threshold and the second cost threshold, it means that there is excess bandwidth cost on the first node, but the excess bandwidth cost is less, which means that the first node There is also less spare bandwidth, so the ratio can be kept unchanged. Based on this, please refer to Figures 6 and 7, which are schematic flow charts of a traffic scheduling method respectively.
在图6中,规划第一带宽阈值和第二带宽阈值,并针对第一节点进行业务流量监控。如果至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,则降低比例,即降低目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽。如果该带宽之和不大于第一带宽阈值,且小于等于第二带宽阈值,则提高比例,即提高目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽。如果该带宽之和不大于第一带宽阈值,但大于第二带宽阈值,则保持比例不变,则目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽也不改变。由此,可以完成一次业务流量的调度。In Figure 6, the first bandwidth threshold and the second bandwidth threshold are planned, and business traffic monitoring is performed on the first node. If the sum of the bandwidths occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is greater than the first bandwidth threshold, the proportion is reduced, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is reduced. If the sum of the bandwidths is not greater than the first bandwidth threshold and is less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, the proportion is increased, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node is increased. If the sum of the bandwidths is not greater than the first bandwidth threshold but greater than the second bandwidth threshold, the ratio remains unchanged, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node does not change. Thus, the scheduling of business traffic can be completed once.
在图7中,规划第一成本阈值和第二成本阈值,并针对第一节点进行业务流量监控。如果带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,则降低比例,即降低目标业务流量在第一节点 上占用的带宽。如果该带宽之和对应的带宽成本不大于第一成本阈值,且小于等于第二成本阈值,则提高比例,即提高目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽。如果该带宽之和对应的带宽成本不大于第一成本阈值,但大于第二成本阈值,则保持比例不变,则目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽也不改变。由此,可以完成一次业务流量的调度。In Figure 7, the first cost threshold and the second cost threshold are planned, and business traffic monitoring is performed on the first node. If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, the proportion is reduced, that is, the target business traffic is reduced at the first node. bandwidth occupied. If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidths is not greater than the first cost threshold and less than or equal to the second cost threshold, the proportion is increased, that is, the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node is increased. If the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is not greater than the first cost threshold but greater than the second cost threshold, the ratio remains unchanged, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node does not change. Thus, the scheduling of business traffic can be completed once.
确定方式B3,响应于带宽之和不同于第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽,调度器确定比例调整方式。Determining the method B3, in response to the sum of the bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method.
其中,至少两个业务流量的传输方向与第二业务流量的传输方向不同。比如,至少两个业务流量的传输方向为上行,而第二业务流量的传输方向为下行。又比如,至少两个业务流量的传输方向为下行,而第二业务流量的传输方向为上行。因此,在带宽之和不同于第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽时,说明在第一节点上,不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽不同。比如,参见图8,图8示出了不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽不同的示意图。Wherein, the transmission directions of at least two service flows are different from the transmission direction of the second service flow. For example, the transmission direction of at least two service flows is uplink, and the transmission direction of the second service flow is downlink. For another example, the transmission direction of at least two service flows is downlink, and the transmission direction of the second service flow is uplink. Therefore, when the sum of bandwidths is different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, it means that the bandwidth occupied by the service traffic in different transmission directions on the first node is different. For example, see FIG. 8 , which shows a schematic diagram showing that business traffic in different transmission directions occupies different bandwidths.
因此,调度器可以通过调整比例,来改变目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,从而使得不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽相同,或是缩小不同传输方向的业务流量占用的带宽之间的差距。示例性地,比例调整方式基于带宽之和、第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。Therefore, the scheduler can change the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the first node by adjusting the ratio, so that the bandwidth occupied by the business traffic in different transmission directions is the same, or the bandwidth occupied by the business traffic in different transmission directions is narrowed. difference. For example, the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
如果带宽之和大于第二业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,那么可以降低比例,以减少目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,则带宽之和也有所减小。另外,调度器可以确定带宽之和与第二业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽之间的第五差值,将第五差值作为带宽调度量,从而按照该带宽调度量降低比例。If the sum of bandwidths is greater than the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, the ratio can be reduced to reduce the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node, and the sum of bandwidths will also be reduced. In addition, the scheduler may determine a fifth difference between the sum of bandwidths and the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node, and use the fifth difference as the bandwidth scheduling amount, thereby reducing the proportion according to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
或者,如果带宽之和小于第二业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,那么可以提高比例,以增加目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,则带宽之和也有所增加。另外,调度器可以确定第二业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽与带宽之和之间的第六差值,将第六差值作为带宽调度量,按照带宽调度量提高比例。Alternatively, if the sum of bandwidths is less than the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, the ratio can be increased to increase the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node, and the sum of bandwidths will also increase. In addition, the scheduler may determine a sixth difference between the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node and the sum of the bandwidths, use the sixth difference as the bandwidth scheduling amount, and increase the ratio according to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
以上,通过确定方式B1至确定方式B3,对调度器基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式的过程进行了说明。下面,继续对调度器按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例的过程进行说明。示例性地,调度器按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,包括:调度器按照比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度信息,向目标节点发送调度信息,调度信息和目标节点用于实现调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。Above, the process of the scheduler determining the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths has been described through the determination methods B1 to B3. Next, the process of the scheduler adjusting the ratio of the first node and the second node to the terminal to interact with the target service traffic in a proportional adjustment manner will be continued to be described. Exemplarily, the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal in a proportional adjustment manner, including: the scheduler determines the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and sends the scheduling information to the target node. , the scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal and target service traffic.
其中,参见图9,调度器可以包括调度感知器、调度决策器和调度执行器。调度感知器用于感知至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,向调度决策器发送感知的带宽。调度感知器还可以用于感知第二节点上的各个业务流量占用的带宽并向调度决策器发送。感知过程可参见步骤201中的说明。调度决策器用于基于SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定各个业务流量的优先级,确定过程可参见步骤201中的说明。调度决策器还用于基于各个业务流量的优先级确定目标业务流量,确定过程可参见步骤202中的说明。调度决策器还用于按照调度感知器发送的带宽确定比例调整方式,确定过程可以参见步骤203中的上述说明。由此,调度决策器可以按照比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度策略,再向调度执行器发送调度策略。比如,该调度策略包括但不限于:将百分之多少的目标业务流量由一个节点调度至另一个节点,或者,将多少带宽调度量的目标业务流量由一个节点调度至另一个节点。之后,调度执 行器用于基于调度策略生成调度信息,基于调度信息实现针对第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例的调整,从而实现目标业务流量的调度。Among them, referring to Figure 9, the scheduler may include a scheduling perceptron, a scheduling decision maker and a scheduling executor. The scheduling sensor is used to sense the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, and send the perceived bandwidth to the scheduling decision maker. The scheduling sensor can also be used to sense the bandwidth occupied by each service flow on the second node and send it to the scheduling decision maker. For the sensing process, please refer to the description in step 201. The scheduling decision maker is used to determine the priority of each service flow based on at least one information of SLA and connection type. For the determination process, please refer to the description in step 201. The scheduling decision maker is also used to determine the target service flow based on the priority of each service flow. For the determination process, please refer to the description in step 202. The scheduling decision maker is also used to determine the proportion adjustment method according to the bandwidth sent by the scheduling sensor. For the determination process, please refer to the above description in step 203. Therefore, the scheduling decision maker can determine the scheduling strategy corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and then send the scheduling strategy to the scheduling executor. For example, the scheduling policy includes but is not limited to: what percentage of the target service traffic is scheduled from one node to another node, or how much bandwidth is scheduled for the target service traffic to be scheduled from one node to another node. After that, schedule execution The scheduler is used to generate scheduling information based on the scheduling policy, and adjust the ratio of the first node and the second node to the terminal to interact with the target service flow based on the scheduling information, thereby achieving scheduling of the target service flow.
在一些实施方式中,如果目标业务流量具备自主调度功能,比如目标业务流量对应有自主调度器,则可以调度执行器可以基于调度信息修改该自主调度器的外层参数,来实现目标业务流量的调度。或者,参见图9,调度执行器可以向目标节点下发该调度信息,来实现目标业务流量的调度。示例性地,对于不同的目标节点而言,调度信息也有所不同,则使得基于调度信息和目标节点实现比例调整的方式也不同。在示例性实施例中,调整方式包括但不限于如下的调整方式C1至调整方式C3。In some embodiments, if the target service flow has an autonomous scheduling function, for example, the target service flow corresponds to an autonomous scheduler, the scheduling executor can modify the outer parameters of the autonomous scheduler based on the scheduling information to achieve the target service flow. Scheduling. Or, referring to Figure 9, the scheduling executor can deliver the scheduling information to the target node to achieve scheduling of the target service traffic. For example, for different target nodes, the scheduling information is also different, so the manner of scaling adjustment based on the scheduling information and the target node is also different. In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment methods include, but are not limited to, the following adjustment methods C1 to C3.
调整方式C1,适用于DNS调度场景。在该调整方式C1中,目标节点为CDN DNS服务器,调度信息为参考域名与IP地址之间的第一对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点。其中,第一对应关系用于CDN DNS服务器基于终端发送的参考域名向终端返回参考域名对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互该目标业务流量。Adjustment method C1 is suitable for DNS scheduling scenarios. In this adjustment method C1, the target node is a CDN DNS server, the scheduling information is the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address, and the IP address indicates the first node or the second node. Among them, the first correspondence relationship is used for the CDN DNS server to return the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal. The IP address is used for the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target business traffic.
DNS调度场景可以参见图10,该DNS调度场景包括但不限于终端、安装有权威DNS的权威DNS服务器、与CDN相对应的CDN DNS服务器、CDN中的边缘节点、源服务器和调度器。终端包括应用程序和本地域名系统(local DNS,LDNS)。边缘节点包括但不限于第一节点和第二节点,第一节点的IP地址为IP A,第二节点的IP地址为IP B。其中,终端分别与权威DNS服务器、CDN DNS服务器和边缘节点连接,边缘节点还与源服务器和调度器连接,调度器还与CDN DNS服务器连接。The DNS scheduling scenario can be seen in Figure 10. The DNS scheduling scenario includes but is not limited to the terminal, the authoritative DNS server with authoritative DNS installed, the CDN DNS server corresponding to the CDN, the edge node in the CDN, the source server and the scheduler. The terminal includes applications and local domain name system (local DNS, LDNS). The edge node includes but is not limited to a first node and a second node. The IP address of the first node is IP A and the IP address of the second node is IP B. Among them, the terminal is connected to the authoritative DNS server, CDN DNS server and edge node respectively. The edge node is also connected to the source server and scheduler, and the scheduler is also connected to the CDN DNS server.
当终端的用户针对应用程序输入一个域名时,应用程序接收终端的用户输入的域名。应用程序向LDNS发送域名,LDNS确定域名对应的IP地址,向应用程序返回域名对应的IP地址,LDNS确定域名对应的IP地址的过程,也称为对域名的解析过程。由此,使得终端可以通过应用程序向域名对应的IP地址指示的边缘节点发送交互请求,该交互请求携带域名,从而使得终端与IP地址指示的边缘节点交互域名对应的目标业务流量。比如,应用程序为一个浏览器,域名为一个网页,如xxx.com,域名对应的目标业务流量为需要显示于该网页中的内容。When a user of the terminal enters a domain name for the application, the application receives the domain name entered by the user of the terminal. The application sends the domain name to LDNS, LDNS determines the IP address corresponding to the domain name, and returns the IP address corresponding to the domain name to the application. The process by which LDNS determines the IP address corresponding to the domain name is also called the process of resolving the domain name. This allows the terminal to send an interaction request to the edge node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the domain name through the application program. The interaction request carries the domain name, thereby allowing the terminal to interact with the edge node indicated by the IP address with target business traffic corresponding to the domain name. For example, the application is a browser, the domain name is a web page, such as xxx.com, and the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name is the content that needs to be displayed on the web page.
在LDNS确定域名对应的IP地址的过程中,LDNS先向权威DNS服务器发送域名。权威DNS服务器存储有规范名字(canonical name,CNAME),该CNAME为域名与参考域名之间的对应关系。例如,域名为xxx.com时,参考域名可以为xxx.com.dns.cn。权威DNS服务器接收到域名之后,基于域名查询CNAME,得到域名对应的参考域名,向LDNS返回参考域名。In the process of LDNS determining the IP address corresponding to the domain name, LDNS first sends the domain name to the authoritative DNS server. The authoritative DNS server stores a canonical name (CNAME), which is the correspondence between the domain name and the reference domain name. For example, when the domain name is xxx.com, the reference domain name can be xxx.com.dns.cn. After receiving the domain name, the authoritative DNS server queries the CNAME based on the domain name, obtains the reference domain name corresponding to the domain name, and returns the reference domain name to LDNS.
接着,LDNS接收参考域名,基于参考域名查询域名服务器(name server,NS)记录,得到参考域名对应的CDN DNS服务器。LDNS向CDN DNS服务器发送参考域名和终端本地的IP地址,终端本地的IP地址指示终端所处的位置。CDN DNS服务器存储有参考域名与IP地址之间的对应关系。CDN DNS服务器接收到参考域名和终端本地的IP地址之后,基于参考域名查询参考域名与IP地址之间的对应关系,得到参考域名对应的所有IP地址,每个IP地址指示一个边缘节点。然后,CDN DNS服务器在所有IP地址中,基于终端本地的IP地址选择一个IP地址,向LDNS返回所选择的IP地址。其中,所选择的IP地址指示的边缘节点,是CDN DNS服务器对应的CDN包括的各个边缘节点中,与终端所处的位置距离最近的一个边缘节点。在LDNS接收到CDN DNS服务器发送的IP地址之后,将接收到的IP地址作为 域名对应的IP地址。Next, LDNS receives the reference domain name, queries the domain name server (NS) record based on the reference domain name, and obtains the CDN DNS server corresponding to the reference domain name. LDNS sends the reference domain name and the local IP address of the terminal to the CDN DNS server. The local IP address of the terminal indicates the location of the terminal. The CDN DNS server stores the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address. After the CDN DNS server receives the reference domain name and the local IP address of the terminal, it queries the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address based on the reference domain name, and obtains all IP addresses corresponding to the reference domain name. Each IP address indicates an edge node. Then, the CDN DNS server selects an IP address based on the terminal's local IP address among all IP addresses and returns the selected IP address to LDNS. The edge node indicated by the selected IP address is the edge node closest to the location of the terminal among the edge nodes included in the CDN corresponding to the CDN DNS server. After LDNS receives the IP address sent by the CDN DNS server, it uses the received IP address as The IP address corresponding to the domain name.
在LDNS确定域名对应的IP地址之后,除了向应用程序返回域名对应的IP地址之外,该LDNS还会缓存域名与IP地址之间的对应关系。如果该LDNS在M时刻向CDN DNS服务器发送参考域名和终端本地的IP地址,并缓存了域名与IP地址之间的对应关系,那么该对应关系的缓存起始时间为M时刻,缓存结束时间为N时刻,N时刻晚于M时刻。该对应关系的缓存持续时间为△T1,△T1为N时刻与M时刻之间的差值。After LDNS determines the IP address corresponding to the domain name, in addition to returning the IP address corresponding to the domain name to the application, the LDNS will also cache the correspondence between the domain name and the IP address. If the LDNS sends the reference domain name and the local IP address of the terminal to the CDN DNS server at time M, and caches the correspondence between the domain name and the IP address, then the cache start time of the correspondence is time M, and the cache end time is N time, N time is later than M time. The cache duration of this correspondence is △T1, and △T1 is the difference between time N and time M.
在M时刻至N时刻之间,如果LDNS再次接收到了应用程序发送的同一个域名,则LDNS无需再向权威DNS服务器发送域名,而是可以直接查询已缓存的对应关系,将命中的对应关系包括的IP地址作为域名对应的IP地址,返回至该应用程序。而在N时刻之后,由于该对应关系被删除,即使LDNS再次接收到了应用程序发送的同一个域名,LDNS也需要再向权威DNS服务器发送域名,以获取域名对应的IP地址,并重新缓存一个对应关系。Between time M and time N, if LDNS receives the same domain name sent by the application again, LDNS no longer needs to send the domain name to the authoritative DNS server. Instead, it can directly query the cached correspondence and include the hit correspondence. The IP address is returned to the application as the IP address corresponding to the domain name. After N time, because the corresponding relationship is deleted, even if LDNS receives the same domain name sent by the application again, LDNS needs to send the domain name to the authoritative DNS server again to obtain the IP address corresponding to the domain name and re-cache a corresponding relation.
在调度目标业务流量之前,作为目标节点的CDN DNS服务器存储的参考域名与IP地址之间的对应关系,是旧的对应关系。在调度目标业务流量时,由于调度器向CDN DNS服务器发送了调度信息,即参考域名与IP地址之间的第一对应关系,因而CDN DNS服务器存储的参考域名与IP地址之间的对应关系,会由旧的对应关系转变为新的对应关系。Before scheduling the target business traffic, the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address stored by the CDN DNS server as the target node is the old correspondence. When scheduling target business traffic, since the scheduler sends scheduling information to the CDN DNS server, that is, the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address, the correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address stored by the CDN DNS server, The old correspondence will be transformed into a new correspondence.
示例性地,如果CDN DNS服务器在X时刻接收到了调度器发送的第一对应关系,那么CDN DNS服务器会在Y时刻将旧的对应关系统一转变为新的对应关系,以从Y时刻开始实现目标业务流量的调度。Y时刻晚于X时刻,Y时刻与X时刻之间的差值为△T2,该△T2大于或等于△T1。对于LDNS向CDN DNS服务器发送参考域名和终端本地的IP地址的M时刻,与X时刻、Y时刻之间的关系,存在着如下三种情况。For example, if the CDN DNS server receives the first correspondence sent by the scheduler at time X, then the CDN DNS server will uniformly transform the old correspondence into a new correspondence at time Y to achieve the goal starting from time Y. Scheduling of business traffic. The Y time is later than the X time, and the difference between the Y time and the X time is △T2, and the △T2 is greater than or equal to △T1. There are the following three situations regarding the relationship between the M time when LDNS sends the reference domain name and the terminal's local IP address to the CDN DNS server, and the X time and Y time.
情况一,M时刻早于X时刻。由于在M时刻CDN DNS服务器还未接收到调度器发送的第一对应关系,或者说CDN DNS服务器不知道需要进行目标业务流量的调度,因而CDN DNS服务器按照旧的对应关系,确定并返回用于指示一个边缘节点的IP地址,将该IP地址称为旧的IP地址。则,LDNS按照缓存持续时间△T1,缓存域名与旧的IP地址之间的对应关系,此种对应关系的缓存起始时间为M时刻,缓存结束时间为N时刻,也即是此种对应关系在N时刻被清除。由于M时刻早于X时刻,且△T2大于或等于△T1,因而N时刻不会晚于Y时刻。Case 1: Time M is earlier than time X. Since at time M the CDN DNS server has not received the first correspondence sent by the scheduler, or the CDN DNS server does not know that the target business traffic needs to be scheduled, the CDN DNS server determines and returns the used Indicates the IP address of an edge node. This IP address is called the old IP address. Then, LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the old IP address according to the cache duration ΔT1. The cache start time of this correspondence is M time, and the cache end time is N time, that is, this correspondence is It is cleared at time N. Since time M is earlier than time X, and △T2 is greater than or equal to △T1, time N will not be later than time Y.
情况二,M时刻位于X时刻与Y时刻之间。虽然在M时刻CDN DNS服务器已经接收了调度器发送的第一对应关系,但由于还未到达Y时刻,因而CDN DNS服务器仍然按照旧的对应关系,确定并返回旧的IP地址。此外,CDN DNS服务器还返回一个特殊的缓存持续时间△T3,该△T3小于缓存持续时间△T1。则,LDNS按照特殊的缓存持续时间△T3,缓存域名与旧的IP地址之间的对应关系,此种对应关系的缓存起始时刻为M时刻,缓存结束时刻为N’时刻,也即是此种对应关系在N’时刻被清除,N’时刻与M时刻之间的差值为△T3。其中,CDN DNS服务器会限制△T3的取值,以保证N’时刻早于或等于Y时刻。Case 2: Time M is between time X and time Y. Although the CDN DNS server has received the first correspondence sent by the scheduler at time M, since time Y has not yet been reached, the CDN DNS server still determines and returns the old IP address according to the old correspondence. In addition, the CDN DNS server also returns a special cache duration ΔT3, which is smaller than the cache duration ΔT1. Then, LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the old IP address according to the special cache duration ΔT3. The cache start time of this correspondence is M time, and the cache end time is N' time, that is, this This correspondence is cleared at N' time, and the difference between N' time and M time is △T3. Among them, the CDN DNS server will limit the value of △T3 to ensure that the N’ time is earlier than or equal to the Y time.
情况三,M时刻晚于Y时刻。由于在M时刻CDN DNS服务器已经接收了调度器发送的第一对应关系,且已经到达了Y时刻,因而CDN DNS服务器按照新的对应关系,确定并返回用于指示一个边缘节点的IP地址,将该IP地址称为新的IP地址。则,LDNS按照缓存持续时间△T1,缓存域名与新的IP地址之间的对应关系。Case 3: Time M is later than time Y. Since at time M the CDN DNS server has received the first correspondence sent by the scheduler and has reached time Y, the CDN DNS server determines and returns the IP address used to indicate an edge node according to the new correspondence, and This IP address is called the new IP address. Then, LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the new IP address according to the cache duration ΔT1.
根据这三种情况可知,LDNS在Y时刻之前缓存域名与旧的IP地址之间的对应关系,因 而LDNS在接收到应用程序发送的域名之后,向应用程序返回的是旧的IP地址,则应用程序所在的终端,会与旧的IP地址指示的旧边缘节点交互域名对应的目标业务流量。而LDNS在Y时刻之后缓存域名与新的IP地址之间的对应关系,因而LDNS在接收到应用程序发送的域名之后,向应用程序返回的是新的IP地址,则应用程序所在的终端,与新的IP地址指示的新边缘节点交互域名对应的目标业务流量。由此,实现了从Y时刻开始将目标业务流量由旧边缘节点调度至新边缘节点,也即是实现了从Y时刻开始的目标业务流量的调度。According to these three situations, it can be seen that LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the old IP address before time Y, so After receiving the domain name sent by the application, LDNS returns the old IP address to the application. Then the terminal where the application is located will exchange the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the old edge node indicated by the old IP address. LDNS caches the correspondence between the domain name and the new IP address after time Y. Therefore, after receiving the domain name sent by the application, LDNS returns the new IP address to the application. Then the terminal where the application is located is the same as The new IP address indicates the target business traffic corresponding to the new edge node interaction domain name. As a result, the target service flow is scheduled from the old edge node to the new edge node starting from time Y, that is, the target service flow is scheduled starting from time Y.
参见图10,以降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,即将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点为例,说明DNS调度场景下的流量调度过程。Referring to Figure 10, the traffic scheduling process in the DNS scheduling scenario is explained by taking reducing the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node, as an example.
在进行目标业务流量的调度之前,CDN DNS服务器存储的旧的对应关系为:目标业务流量对应的域名所对应的参考域名,与IP A相对应。那么LDNS从CDN DNS服务器获取的旧的IP地址为IP A,则终端向IP A指示的第一节点发送携带有域名的交互请求,则终端与第一节点交互域名对应的目标业务流量。在进行目标业务流量的调度时,调度器向CDN DNS服务器发送了第一对应关系,该第一对应关系为:目标业务流量对应的域名所对应的参考域名,与IP B相对应,CDN DNS服务器将该第一对应关系作为新的对应关系。在进行目标业务流量的调度之后,LDNS从CDN DNS服务器获取的新的IP地址为IP B,因而终端向IP B指示的第二节点发送携带有域名的交互请求,终端与第二节点交互目标业务流量,而不再与第一节点交互目标业务流量,从而实现将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点。Before scheduling the target business traffic, the old correspondence stored by the CDN DNS server is: the reference domain name corresponding to the domain name corresponding to the target business traffic corresponds to IP A. Then the old IP address obtained by LDNS from the CDN DNS server is IP A, and the terminal sends an interaction request carrying the domain name to the first node indicated by IP A, and the terminal exchanges the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the first node. When scheduling the target business traffic, the scheduler sends the first correspondence to the CDN DNS server. The first correspondence is: the reference domain name corresponding to the domain name corresponding to the target business traffic, corresponding to IP B, CDN DNS server This first correspondence is regarded as a new correspondence. After scheduling the target service traffic, the new IP address obtained by LDNS from the CDN DNS server is IP B, so the terminal sends an interaction request carrying the domain name to the second node indicated by IP B, and the terminal interacts with the second node for the target service. traffic, and no longer interacts with the target service traffic with the first node, thereby achieving scheduling of the target business traffic from the first node to the second node.
调整方式C2,适用于302调度场景。在该调整方式C2中,目标节点为第一节点和第二节点,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点。其中,第二对应关系用于目标节点在接收到终端发送的交互请求之后,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点为当前节点,则与终端交互目标业务流量,或者,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点非当前节点,则向终端返回交互请求对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。Adjustment method C2 is suitable for 302 scheduling scenarios. In this adjustment method C2, the target nodes are the first node and the second node, the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, and the IP address indicates the first node or the second node. Wherein, the second correspondence relationship is used for the target node to interact with the terminal on the target service traffic after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal and in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship, or , in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node based on the second correspondence relationship, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact. Target business traffic.
302调度场景可以参见图11,该302调度场景包括但不限于:终端、安装有权威DNS的权威DNS服务器、与CDN相对应的CDN DNS服务器、CDN中的边缘节点、源服务器和调度器。终端包括应用程序和本地域名系统(local DNS,LDNS)。边缘节点包括第一节点和第二节点,第一节点的IP地址为IP A,第二节点的IP地址为IP B。对于边缘节点所在CDN包括的节点的总数量,在此不作限定。其中,终端分别与权威DNS服务器和CDN DNS服务器连接,终端还与边缘节点连接,边缘节点还与源服务器和调度器连接。The 302 scheduling scenario can be seen in Figure 11. The 302 scheduling scenario includes but is not limited to: terminal, authoritative DNS server with authoritative DNS installed, CDN DNS server corresponding to CDN, edge node in CDN, source server and scheduler. The terminal includes applications and local domain name system (local DNS, LDNS). The edge node includes a first node and a second node. The IP address of the first node is IP A and the IP address of the second node is IP B. The total number of nodes included in the CDN where the edge node is located is not limited here. Among them, the terminal is connected to the authoritative DNS server and CDN DNS server respectively. The terminal is also connected to the edge node, and the edge node is also connected to the source server and scheduler.
在调度目标业务流量之前,应用程序向LDNS发送域名,LDNS基于该域名,从CDN DNS服务器获得一个旧的IP地址,该旧的IP地址用于指示旧边缘节点,应用程序所在的终端向该旧边缘节点发送交互请求,终端与旧边缘节点交互域名对应的目标业务流量。这一过程可以参见调整方式C2中的说明,在此不作赘述。Before scheduling the target business traffic, the application sends a domain name to LDNS. Based on the domain name, LDNS obtains an old IP address from the CDN DNS server. The old IP address is used to indicate the old edge node. The terminal where the application is located sends the old IP address to the old edge node. The edge node sends an interaction request, and the terminal exchanges target business traffic corresponding to the domain name with the old edge node. For this process, please refer to the instructions in adjustment method C2 and will not be described in detail here.
在调度目标业务流量时,调度器将交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,分别发送给各个边缘节点,各个边缘节点分别存储该第二对应关系,该第二对应关系中的交互请求用于交互域名对应的目标业务流量,该第二对应关系中的IP地址为用于指示新边缘节点的新的IP地址。When scheduling the target business traffic, the scheduler sends the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address to each edge node, and each edge node stores the second correspondence respectively, and the interaction request in the second correspondence It is used to exchange the target business traffic corresponding to the domain name. The IP address in the second correspondence relationship is a new IP address used to indicate the new edge node.
在调度目标业务流量之后,由于终端暂时未获取新边缘节点的新的IP地址,因而终端仍 然按照旧的IP地址,向旧边缘节点发送交互请求。当旧边缘节点接收到交互请求之后,基于交互请求查询第二对应关系,得到交互请求对应的新的IP地址。由于新的IP地址不同于旧边缘节点本身的IP地址,因而旧边缘节点向终端返回交互请求对应的新的IP地址,以及符合通用标准的返回码,返回码用于指示终端访问新的IP地址,使得终端获取到新边缘节点的新的IP地址。之后,终端便可以重新按照新的IP地址,向新边缘节点发送交互请求。当新边缘节点接收到交互请求之后,基于交互请求查询第二对应关系,也得到交互请求对应的新的IP地址。由于新的IP地址与新边缘节点本身的IP地址相同,因而新边缘节点可以与终端交互目标业务流量。After scheduling the target service traffic, because the terminal has not obtained the new IP address of the new edge node, the terminal still Then send an interaction request to the old edge node according to the old IP address. After the old edge node receives the interaction request, it queries the second correspondence relationship based on the interaction request and obtains the new IP address corresponding to the interaction request. Since the new IP address is different from the IP address of the old edge node itself, the old edge node returns the new IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the terminal, as well as a return code that conforms to universal standards. The return code is used to instruct the terminal to access the new IP address. , so that the terminal obtains the new IP address of the new edge node. After that, the terminal can send interaction requests to the new edge node according to the new IP address. After the new edge node receives the interaction request, it queries the second correspondence relationship based on the interaction request and also obtains the new IP address corresponding to the interaction request. Since the new IP address is the same as the IP address of the new edge node itself, the new edge node can interact with the terminal for target service traffic.
参见图12,以降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,即将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点为例,说明302调度场景下的流量调度过程。在调度目标业务流量之前,终端向旧的IP地址,即IP A指示的第一节点发送交互请求,终端与第一节点交互目标业务流量。在调度目标业务流量时,调度器中的调度执行器向第一节点和第二节点发送第二对应关系,该第二对应关系为:用于交互目标业务流量的交互请求,对应于IP B。在调度目标业务流量之后,终端先向第一节点发送交互请求,第一节点基于交互请求查询第二对应关系可以得到IP B,由于IP B不同于第一节点的IP A,因而第一节点向终端返回302响应,302响应包括IP B。然后,终端按照IP B向第二节点发送交互请求,第二节点基于交互请求查询第二对应关系也得到IP B,由于IP B与第二节点的IP B相同,因而第二节点可以与终端交互目标业务流量。Referring to Figure 12, the traffic scheduling process in the 302 scheduling scenario is explained by taking reducing the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node, as an example. Before scheduling the target service traffic, the terminal sends an interaction request to the old IP address, that is, the first node indicated by IP A, and the terminal exchanges the target service traffic with the first node. When scheduling the target business traffic, the scheduling executor in the scheduler sends a second correspondence to the first node and the second node. The second correspondence is: an interaction request for interacting with the target business traffic, corresponding to IP B. After scheduling the target business traffic, the terminal first sends an interaction request to the first node. The first node queries the second corresponding relationship based on the interaction request to obtain IP B. Since IP B is different from the IP A of the first node, the first node The terminal returns a 302 response, which includes IP B. Then, the terminal sends an interaction request to the second node according to IP B. The second node queries the second correspondence based on the interaction request and also obtains IP B. Since IP B is the same as the IP B of the second node, the second node can interact with the terminal. Target business traffic.
参见图13,再以提高第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,即将目标业务流量由第二节点调度至第一节点为例,说明302调度场景下的流量调度过程。在调度目标业务流量之前,终端向旧的IP地址,即IP B指示的第二节点发送交互请求,终端与第二节点交互目标业务流量。在调度目标业务流量时,调度器中的调度执行器向第二节点和第一节点发送第二对应关系,该第二对应关系为:用于交互目标业务流量的交互请求,对应于IP A。在调度目标业务流量之后,终端先向第二节点发送交互请求,第二节点基于交互请求查询第一对应关系可以得到IP A,由于IP A不同于第二节点的IP B,因而第二节点向终端返回302响应,该302响应包括IP A。然后,终端按照IP A向第一节点发送交互请求,第一节点基于交互请求查询第一对应关系也得到IP A,由于IP A与第一节点的IP A相同,因而第一节点可以与终端交互目标业务流量。Referring to Figure 13, the traffic scheduling process in the 302 scheduling scenario is explained by taking increasing the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal and the target service traffic, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the second node to the first node, as an example. Before scheduling the target service traffic, the terminal sends an interaction request to the old IP address, that is, the second node indicated by IP B, and the terminal exchanges the target service traffic with the second node. When scheduling the target business traffic, the scheduling executor in the scheduler sends a second correspondence to the second node and the first node. The second correspondence is: an interaction request for interacting with the target business traffic, corresponding to IP A. After scheduling the target business traffic, the terminal first sends an interaction request to the second node. The second node queries the first correspondence based on the interaction request to obtain IP A. Since IP A is different from the second node’s IP B, the second node The terminal returns a 302 response, which includes IP A. Then, the terminal sends an interaction request to the first node according to IP A. The first node queries the first corresponding relationship based on the interaction request and also obtains IP A. Since IP A is the same as the IP A of the first node, the first node can interact with the terminal. Target business traffic.
根据调整方式C1中的说明可知,该交互请求可以携带有域名。另外,图12和图13示出的调度器均包括调度感知器、调度决策器和调度执行器。第一节点、第二节点与调度感知器交互的内容、调度感知器与调度决策器交互的内容、调度决策器和调度执行器交互的内容,均可以参见上文图9对应的说明,在此不作赘述。According to the description in adjustment method C1, the interaction request can carry a domain name. In addition, the schedulers shown in Figures 12 and 13 both include a scheduling perceptron, a scheduling decision maker and a scheduling executor. The content of the interaction between the first node and the second node and the scheduling perceptron, the content of the interaction between the scheduling perceptron and the scheduling decision maker, and the content of the interaction between the scheduling decision maker and the scheduling executor can all be found in the corresponding description in Figure 9 above. Here No further details will be given.
调整方式C3,适用于应用层调度场景,目标节点为终端,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点,第二对应关系用于终端确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。Adjustment method C3 is suitable for application layer scheduling scenarios. The target node is a terminal, and the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address. The IP address indicates the first node or the second node, and the second correspondence is for the terminal. Determine the IP address corresponding to the interaction request, and send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target business traffic.
应用层调度场景可以参见图14,该应用层场景包括但不限于终端、对应CDN的应用层服务器、CDN中的边缘节点、源服务器和调度器。终端包括应用程序和应用层组件。边缘节点包括但不限于第一节点和第二节点,第一节点的IP地址为IP A,第二节点的IP地址为IP B。其中,终端分别与应用层服务器、边缘节点和调度器连接,边缘节点还与源服务器和调度器连 接。此外,调度器和应用层服务器可以集成于同一个设备,或者,调度器和应用层服务器为相连的两个不同设备。调度器可以将向终端下发的第二对应关系,同步给应用层服务器。The application layer scheduling scenario can be seen in Figure 14. The application layer scenario includes but is not limited to the terminal, the application layer server corresponding to the CDN, the edge node in the CDN, the origin server and the scheduler. The terminal includes applications and application layer components. The edge node includes but is not limited to a first node and a second node. The IP address of the first node is IP A and the IP address of the second node is IP B. Among them, the terminal is connected to the application layer server, edge node and scheduler respectively, and the edge node is also connected to the source server and scheduler. catch. In addition, the scheduler and the application layer server may be integrated into the same device, or the scheduler and the application layer server may be two different devices connected. The scheduler may synchronize the second correspondence relationship delivered to the terminal to the application layer server.
在调度目标业务流量之前,当终端的用户针对应用程序输入一个域名时,应用程序接收终端的用户输入的域名。应用程序生成域名对应的交互请求,该交互请求携带域名。应用程序向应用层组件发送交互请求,应用层组件确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向应用程序返回交互请求对应的IP地址,该IP地址指示一个边缘节点。由此,使得终端可以通过应用程序向该IP地址指示的边缘节点发送交互请求,从而使得终端能够与该IP地址指示的边缘节点交互域名对应的目标业务流量。Before scheduling target business traffic, when a user of the terminal enters a domain name for the application program, the application program receives the domain name input by the user of the terminal. The application generates an interaction request corresponding to the domain name, and the interaction request carries the domain name. The application sends an interaction request to the application layer component. The application layer component determines the IP address corresponding to the interaction request and returns the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the application. The IP address indicates an edge node. As a result, the terminal can send an interaction request to the edge node indicated by the IP address through the application program, so that the terminal can interact with the edge node indicated by the IP address with target business traffic corresponding to the domain name.
示例性地,该应用层服务器包括但不限于超文本传输协议(hypertext transfer protocol,HTTP)DNS服务器,相应地,该交互请求可以为HTTP请求。For example, the application layer server includes but is not limited to a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) DNS server, and accordingly, the interaction request may be an HTTP request.
在一些实施方式中,应用层组件存储有交互请求与IP地址之间的对应关系,该对应关系通过应用层组件与应用层服务器的交互得到。则应用层组件接收到应用程序发送的交互请求之后,基于交互请求可以查询并命中对应关系,得到交互请求对应的IP地址,并返回给应用程序。In some implementations, the application layer component stores a correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, and the correspondence is obtained through the interaction between the application layer component and the application layer server. After the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application, it can query and hit the corresponding relationship based on the interaction request, obtain the IP address corresponding to the interaction request, and return it to the application.
在另一些实施方式中,应用层未存储有交互请求与IP地址之间的对应关系,则应用层组件接收到应用程序发送的交互请求之后,不能命中对应关系,因而应用层组件需要与应用层服务器交互,得到对应关系。在交互过程中,向应用层服务器发送交互请求和终端本地的IP地址,终端本地的IP地址指示终端所处的位置。应用层服务器基于接收到的交互请求和终端本地的IP地址,确定交互请求对应的IP地址,该IP地址指示的边缘节点是应用层服务器对应的CDN包括的边缘节点中,与终端所处的位置距离最近的一个边缘节点。之后,应用层服务器向应用层组件返回交互请求对应的IP地址,则应用层组件可以将交互请求对应的IP地址返回给应用程序,应用层组件还存储交互请求与IP地址之间的对应关系。In other embodiments, the application layer does not store the corresponding relationship between the interaction request and the IP address. After the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application program, it cannot hit the corresponding relationship. Therefore, the application layer component needs to communicate with the application layer. The server interacts to obtain the corresponding relationship. During the interaction process, the interaction request and the local IP address of the terminal are sent to the application layer server. The local IP address of the terminal indicates the location of the terminal. The application layer server determines the IP address corresponding to the interaction request based on the received interaction request and the local IP address of the terminal. The edge node indicated by the IP address is the edge node included in the CDN corresponding to the application layer server, and is the same as the location of the terminal. The nearest edge node. Afterwards, the application layer server returns the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the application layer component, and the application layer component can return the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the application program. The application layer component also stores the correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address.
根据以上说明可知,在调度目标业务流量之前,应用层组件存储的交互请求与IP地址之间的对应关系,是应用层组件与应用层服务器交互得到的、旧的对应关系,该旧的对应关系包括旧的IP地址,旧的IP地址指示旧边缘节点,则终端会与旧边缘节点交互目标业务流量。According to the above description, before the target business traffic is scheduled, the correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address stored by the application layer component is the old correspondence obtained by the interaction between the application layer component and the application layer server. The old correspondence Including the old IP address, which indicates the old edge node, the terminal will exchange target service traffic with the old edge node.
在调度目标业务流量时,由于调度器向终端下发了第二对应关系,即交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,因而终端包括的应用层组件将旧的对应关系替换为第二对应关系,得到新的对应关系,该新的对应关系包括新的IP地址,新的IP地址指示新边缘节点。在调度目标业务流量之后,当终端向应用层组件发送交互请求时,应用层组件会基于交互请求查询新的对应关系,从而向应用程序返回新的IP地址,则终端会与新边缘节点交互目标业务流量。示例性地,调度器可以基于应用层组件灵活地选择向终端下发第二对应关系的方式,在此不对调度器向终端下发第二对应关系的方式进行限定。When scheduling the target business traffic, since the scheduler delivers the second correspondence to the terminal, that is, the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, the application layer component included in the terminal replaces the old correspondence with the second correspondence. Correspondence relationship, a new correspondence relationship is obtained, the new correspondence relationship includes a new IP address, and the new IP address indicates a new edge node. After scheduling the target business traffic, when the terminal sends an interaction request to the application layer component, the application layer component will query the new correspondence based on the interaction request, thereby returning a new IP address to the application, and the terminal will interact with the new edge node. business traffic. For example, the scheduler can flexibly select a manner of delivering the second correspondence relationship to the terminal based on the application layer component. The manner in which the scheduler delivers the second correspondence relationship to the terminal is not limited here.
参见图14,以降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,即将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点为例,说明应用层调度场景下的流量调度过程。Referring to Figure 14, the traffic scheduling process in the application layer scheduling scenario is explained by taking reducing the proportion of target service traffic between the first node and the second node and the terminal, that is, scheduling the target service traffic from the first node to the second node, as an example.
在进行目标业务流量的调度之前,应用层组件存储的旧的对应关系为:域名对应的交互请求,与IP A相对应。如果应用层组件接收到应用程序发送的交互请求,那么应用层组件向应用程序返回的IP地址为IP A,则终端向IP A指示的第一节点发送携带交互请求,终端与第一节点交互目标业务流量。在进行目标业务流量的调度时,调度器向应用层组件发送了第二对应关系,该第二对应关系为:域名对应的交互请求,与IP B相对应,应用层组件将该第 二对应关系作为新的对应关系。在进行目标业务流量的调度之后,如果应用层组件接收到应用程序发送的交互请求,那么应用层组件向应用程序返回的IP地址为IP B,因而终端向IP B指示的第二节点发送携带有交互请求,终端与第二节点交互目标业务流量,而不再与第一节点交互目标业务流量,从而实现将目标业务流量由第一节点调度至第二节点。Before scheduling the target business traffic, the old correspondence stored by the application layer component is: the interaction request corresponding to the domain name, corresponding to IP A. If the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application program, then the IP address returned by the application layer component to the application program is IP A, then the terminal sends an interaction request carrying the interaction request to the first node indicated by IP A, and the terminal interacts with the first node. business traffic. When scheduling the target business traffic, the scheduler sends a second correspondence to the application layer component. The second correspondence is: the interaction request corresponding to the domain name corresponds to IP B. The application layer component sends the second correspondence to IP B. The two correspondences serve as new correspondences. After scheduling the target business traffic, if the application layer component receives the interaction request sent by the application program, the IP address returned by the application layer component to the application program is IP B, so the terminal sends a message carrying the IP address to the second node indicated by IP B. In the interaction request, the terminal exchanges target service traffic with the second node, but no longer interacts with the first node, thereby achieving scheduling of the target service flow from the first node to the second node.
以上,针对步骤201至步骤203进行了说明。除了这些步骤之外,本申请实施例提供的流量调度方法还包括一些其他的步骤,参见如下说明。Above, steps 201 to 203 have been described. In addition to these steps, the traffic scheduling method provided by the embodiment of the present application also includes some other steps, see the following description.
在示例性实施例中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例之后,方法还包括:响应于调整后的比例使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽为零,且第一业务流量的业务质量低于第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,调度器进行告警,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, after the scheduler adjusts the proportion of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method further includes: responding to the adjusted The ratio is such that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow, the scheduler issues an alarm, and the first service flow is at least two Business traffic other than the target business traffic among the business traffic.
参见图6和图7,在完成目标业务流量的调度之后,也即是调整比例之后,如果调整后的比例使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽为零,则说明第一节点上已经不存在目标业务流量,如果此时第一业务流量的实际业务质量仍然无法满足第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,则可能是存在异常情况,因而需要告警。Referring to Figures 6 and 7, after completing the scheduling of the target service traffic, that is, after adjusting the proportion, if the adjusted proportion makes the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node be zero, it means that the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the first node is zero. There is no target service flow. If the actual service quality of the first service flow still cannot meet the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow at this time, an abnormality may exist and an alarm is required.
比如,异常情况是业务流量的分配存在问题,或者说,第一节点上分配了过多的业务流量。则调度器进行告警,可以提示对业务流量进行重新分配,如将第一节点上的第一业务流量的一部分调度至第二节点。又比如,异常情况是第一节点的带宽配置存在问题,或者说,第一节点能够提供的带宽较少。那么,调度器进行告警,可以提示对第一节点重新进行带宽配置,如增加第一节点能够提供的带宽。再比如,异常情况是第一业务流量存在预期外的突增,需要进行调节。相应地,调度器进行告警,可以是提示分析第一业务流量发生突增的原因,并基于分析得到的原因调节第一业务流量。For example, the abnormal situation is that there is a problem with the distribution of business traffic, or that too much business traffic is allocated on the first node. Then the scheduler issues an alarm and may prompt to redistribute the service traffic, such as scheduling part of the first service traffic on the first node to the second node. For another example, the abnormal situation is that there is a problem with the bandwidth configuration of the first node, or that the first node can provide less bandwidth. Then, when the scheduler issues an alarm, it can prompt the first node to reconfigure the bandwidth, such as increasing the bandwidth that the first node can provide. For another example, the abnormal situation is that there is an unexpected sudden increase in the first business traffic and needs to be adjusted. Correspondingly, when the scheduler issues an alarm, the scheduler may prompt to analyze the cause of the sudden increase in the first service flow, and adjust the first service flow based on the analyzed cause.
在示例性实施例中,调度器基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例之前,方法还包括:调度器向第一节点发送至少两个业务流量的优先级,至少两个业务流量的优先级用于第一节点配置至少两个队列,通过至少两个队列处理至少两个业务流量,对于至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。In an exemplary embodiment, before the scheduler adjusts the ratio of the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node, the method further includes: the scheduler sends a request to the first node. A node sends at least two business flows with priorities, and the priorities of at least two business flows are used for the first node to configure at least two queues and process at least two business flows through at least two queues. For at least two business flows, Any business flow, the priority of any business flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any business flow.
在第一节点上,各个业务流量占用的带宽可能发生突增,此种突增具有不确定性,往往难以预测到。并且,对目标业务流量的调度可能需要一定时间才生效。因此,本申请实施例可以调度目标业务流量之前,也即是调整比例之前,先通过配置的队列处理业务流量。由此可以实现对业务流量的快速、及时的调度,避免不同优先级的业务流量相互抢占带宽,从而避免业务流量的实际业务流量下降而影响用户体验。On the first node, the bandwidth occupied by each business traffic may increase suddenly. This sudden increase is uncertain and often difficult to predict. Moreover, the scheduling of target business traffic may take some time to take effect. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the business traffic can be processed through the configured queue before scheduling the target business traffic, that is, before adjusting the ratio. This can achieve fast and timely scheduling of business traffic, avoid business traffic with different priorities from seizing each other's bandwidth, and avoid the actual business traffic decline that affects user experience.
示例性地,第一节点基于至少两个业务流量的优先级配置至少两个队列时,可以使得业务流量的优先级与队列的优先级一一对应。比如,参见图15,当业务流量存在8种不同的优先级时,第一节点也可以配置8个具有不同优先级的队列,即队列1至队列8。相应地,对于至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。也即是,如果一个业务流量的优先级越高,则将该业务流量包括的数据包添加至优先级越高的队列,使得该业务流量包括的数据包被越优先的处理,例如通过第一节点的端口被越优先的转发。 For example, when the first node configures at least two queues based on the priorities of at least two service flows, the priorities of the service flows and the priorities of the queues can be in one-to-one correspondence. For example, see Figure 15, when there are 8 different priorities for business traffic, the first node can also configure 8 queues with different priorities, namely queue 1 to queue 8. Correspondingly, for any one of the at least two service flows, the priority of any one service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one service flow. That is, if the priority of a business flow is higher, the data packets included in the business flow are added to the queue with a higher priority, so that the data packets included in the business flow are processed with higher priority, for example, through the first The node's port is forwarded with higher priority.
其中,各个队列按照优先级由高到低的顺序依次获取令牌桶中的令牌,依赖令牌来处理数据包。该令牌桶是第一节点的内部存储池,第一节点以一定的速率向令牌桶中填充令牌,该令牌代表处理数据包所需的资源。当令牌桶中的令牌的数量达到设定的令牌桶的容量时,可以丢弃多余的令牌。因此,一个队列的优先级越高,便能够越优先的获取到令牌,从而使得被添加至该队列的数据包能够被越优先的处理。Among them, each queue obtains the tokens in the token bucket in order from high to low priority, and relies on the tokens to process data packets. The token bucket is an internal storage pool of the first node, and the first node fills the token bucket with tokens at a certain rate, and the tokens represent the resources required to process the data packet. When the number of tokens in the token bucket reaches the set capacity of the token bucket, excess tokens can be discarded. Therefore, the higher the priority of a queue, the more priority it can obtain the token, so that the data packets added to the queue can be processed with more priority.
将配置的队列与上述的步骤201至步骤203相配合使用,可以在业务流量突增时,先通过配置的队列快速进行反应,优先保证高优先级的业务流量可以占用足量的带宽,使得高优先级的业务流量的实际业务质量满足SLA的要求。之后,再通过步骤201至步骤203对目标业务流量进行调度,比如将优先级较低的业务流量作为目标业务流量,使得优先级较低的业务流量也能够通过调度而可以占用足量的带宽,那么即使是针对优先级较低的业务流量,也能够保证实际业务质量,使得低优先级的业务流量的实际业务质量也能够满足SLA的要求。By using the configured queue in conjunction with the above-mentioned steps 201 to 203, when business traffic suddenly increases, the configured queue can be used to respond quickly first, ensuring that high-priority business traffic can occupy sufficient bandwidth, so that high-priority business traffic can occupy sufficient bandwidth. The actual service quality of priority service traffic meets the SLA requirements. After that, the target service traffic is scheduled through steps 201 to 203. For example, the service traffic with lower priority is used as the target service flow, so that the service traffic with lower priority can also occupy sufficient bandwidth through scheduling. Then even for lower-priority service traffic, the actual service quality can be guaranteed, so that the actual service quality of low-priority service traffic can also meet SLA requirements.
在相关技术中,将一个节点可以提供的带宽,平均分给该节点上的各个业务流量,而不考虑不同业务流量的优先级。比如,参见图16,节点为每个业务流量平均分配了60Mbps的带宽。并且,独立的调度各个业务流量,每个业务流量仅能使用被分配的带宽,即不同业务流量对应的带宽也不能相互复用,一个节点上的不同传输方向的流量占用的带宽之间往往也具有一定的差异,从而导致带宽的复用率较低,带宽成本较高,且调度过程不够灵活。In related technologies, the bandwidth that a node can provide is evenly distributed to each service flow on the node, without considering the priorities of different service flows. For example, see Figure 16, the node allocates an average bandwidth of 60Mbps to each business flow. Moreover, each business flow is scheduled independently, and each business flow can only use the allocated bandwidth. That is, the bandwidth corresponding to different business flows cannot be reused with each other. The bandwidth occupied by traffic in different transmission directions on a node is often not the same. There are certain differences, which results in low bandwidth reuse rate, high bandwidth cost, and inflexible scheduling process.
而在本申请实施例中,明确区分不同业务流量的优先级,基于优先级选择出目标业务流量,并且,全局监控各个业务流量占用的带宽,在需要进行全局协同调度时,通过调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,实现目标业务流量的调度。由于在调度过程中考虑了优先级,且进行了全局协同调度,因而不仅有利于提高带宽的复用率,降低带宽成本,而且使得调度过程较为灵活。In the embodiment of this application, the priorities of different business flows are clearly distinguished, the target business traffic is selected based on the priority, and the bandwidth occupied by each business flow is globally monitored. When global coordinated scheduling is required, the first node is adjusted The ratio of the target service flow to the second node and the terminal is interacted with to realize the scheduling of the target service flow. Since priority is considered in the scheduling process and global collaborative scheduling is performed, it not only helps improve the bandwidth reuse rate and reduce bandwidth costs, but also makes the scheduling process more flexible.
另外,本申请实施例中目标业务流量可以为优先级较低、数据量较大的业务流量,此种目标业务流量适于作为用来调度的流量,能够提供足量的调度空间。在带宽不足时,优先级较低的业务流量可以将带宽退让给其他优先级较高的业务流量,从而保证优先级较高的业务流量的SLA被优先满足。在带宽富余时,优先级较低的业务流量可以占用富余的带宽,既不会影响优先级较高的业务流量的SLA,又保证了优先级较低的业务流量的SLA被满足。In addition, the target service traffic in the embodiment of the present application may be service traffic with lower priority and larger data volume. Such target service traffic is suitable for scheduling and can provide sufficient scheduling space. When bandwidth is insufficient, lower-priority service traffic can yield bandwidth to other higher-priority service flows, thereby ensuring that the SLAs of higher-priority service flows are met first. When there is excess bandwidth, lower-priority business traffic can occupy the excess bandwidth, which will not affect the SLA of higher-priority business traffic and ensure that the SLA of lower-priority business traffic is met.
以上介绍了本申请实施例提供的流量调度方法,与上述方法对应,本申请实施例还提供了一种流量调度装置。其中,该装置应用于流量调度系统包括的调度器,流量调度系统还包括第一节点、第二节点和终端,第一节点和第二节点用于与终端交互业务流量。该装置用于通过图17所示的各个模块执行上述图2中调度器所执行的流量调度方法。如图17所示,本申请实施例提供的流量调度装置包括如下几个模块。The above describes the traffic scheduling method provided by the embodiment of the present application. Corresponding to the above method, the embodiment of the present application also provides a traffic scheduling device. Wherein, the device is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system. The traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. The first node and the second node are used to interact business traffic with the terminal. This device is used to execute the traffic scheduling method executed by the scheduler in Fig. 2 through each module shown in Fig. 17. As shown in Figure 17, the traffic scheduling device provided by the embodiment of the present application includes the following modules.
获取模块1701,用于获取第一节点上的至少两个业务流量的优先级,以及至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,至少两个业务流量的传输方向相同;The acquisition module 1701 is used to obtain the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node, and the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two service flows is the same;
确定模块1702,用于基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量;Determining module 1702, configured to determine the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
调整模块1703,用于基于至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。The adjustment module 1703 is configured to adjust the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal based on the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node.
在示例性实施例中,确定模块1702,用于基于至少两个业务流量的优先级,在至少两个 业务流量中确定至少一个优先级最低的业务流量;基于至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定目标业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, the determining module 1702 is configured to determine, based on the priorities of at least two business flows, at least two Determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the service flows; determine the target service flow based on at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
在示例性实施例中,确定模块1702,用于响应于存在至少两个优先级最低的业务流量,将至少两个优先级最低的业务流量中数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量确定为目标业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, the determination module 1702 is configured to, in response to the existence of at least two lowest priority service flows, determine the service flow whose data amount is greater than the data amount threshold among the at least two lowest priority service flows as the target service. flow.
在示例性实施例中,优先级基于SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定,SLA用于指示业务质量,优先级与SLA指示的业务质量正相关,优先级与连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。In an exemplary embodiment, the priority is determined based on at least one information of SLA and connection type. SLA is used to indicate service quality. The priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by SLA. The priority is related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type. Negative correlation.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,用于确定至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和;基于带宽之和,确定比例调整方式;按照比例调整方式,调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is configured to determine the sum of bandwidths occupied by at least two business flows on the first node; determine a proportional adjustment method based on the sum of bandwidths; and adjust the first proportional adjustment method according to the proportional adjustment method. The proportion of target business traffic between the node and the second node interacting with the terminal.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,用于响应于带宽之和满足第一条件,确定比例调整方式为降低第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量;In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the first condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to reduce the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service flow is within The bandwidth occupied on the first node reduces the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target business traffic on the second node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount;
装置还包括:增加模块,用于增加第一业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量,所增加的带宽小于或等于带宽调度量。The device also includes: an adding module for increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node. The first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to Equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,还用于响应于带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件;或者,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第一条件。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is further configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than the first bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or, in response to the sum of bandwidths corresponding to a bandwidth cost being greater than the first cost threshold. , determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,用于响应于带宽之和满足第二条件,确定比例调整方式为提高第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,且目标业务流量在第二节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths meeting the second condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to increase the proportion of the target service traffic of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal, so that the target service flow is within The bandwidth occupied by the first node increases the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service traffic on the second node decreases the bandwidth scheduling amount.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,还用于响应于带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,第二带宽阈值小于或等于第一带宽阈值;或者,响应于带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,确定带宽之和满足第二条件,第二成本阈值小于或等于第一成本阈值。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is further configured to, in response to the sum of the bandwidths being less than or equal to the second bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of the bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or, In response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
在示例性实施例中,带宽调度量基于带宽之和、第一带宽阈值和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。In an exemplary embodiment, the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of bandwidths, the first bandwidth threshold, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
在示例性实施例中,带宽调度量基于带宽之和对应的带宽成本、第一成本阈值和第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。In an exemplary embodiment, the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold, and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,用于响应于带宽之和不同于第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽,确定比例调整方式,至少两个业务流量的传输方向与第二业务流量的传输方向不同。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is configured to determine a proportional adjustment method in response to the sum of bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node. The transmission directions of at least two service flows are consistent with the second service flow. Traffic travels in different directions.
在示例性实施例中,比例调整方式基于带宽之和、第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽和第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。In an exemplary embodiment, the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node, and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,用于按照比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度信息,向目标节点发送调度信息,调度信息和目标节点用于实现调整第一节点和第二节点与终 端交互目标业务流量的比例。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is configured to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node in a proportional adjustment manner, and send the scheduling information to the target node. The scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the relationship between the first node and the second node and the terminal node. Proportion of end-to-end interaction target business traffic.
在示例性实施例中,目标节点为CDN DNS服务器,调度信息为参考域名与IP地址之间的第一对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第一对应关系用于CDN DNS服务器基于终端发送的参考域名向终端返回参考域名对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, the target node is a CDN DNS server, the scheduling information is the first correspondence between the reference domain name and the IP address, the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the first correspondence is for the CDN DNS server Based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal, the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name is returned to the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
在示例性实施例中,目标节点为第一节点和第二节点,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第二对应关系用于目标节点在接收到终端发送的交互请求之后,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点为当前节点,则与终端交互目标业务流量,或者,响应于基于第二对应关系确定交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点非当前节点,则向终端返回交互请求对应的IP地址,IP地址用于终端向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, the target nodes are the first node and the second node, the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is represented by After the target node receives the interaction request sent by the terminal, in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node based on the second correspondence relationship, the target node interacts with the target service flow with the terminal, or in response to determining based on the second correspondence relationship that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node. If the relationship determines that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node, the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is returned to the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to exchange target business traffic.
在示例性实施例中,目标节点为终端,调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,IP地址指示第一节点或者第二节点;第二对应关系用于终端确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互目标业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, the target node is a terminal, and the scheduling information is the second correspondence between the interaction request and the IP address, where the IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence is used by the terminal to determine the interaction request correspondence IP address, send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target business traffic.
在示例性实施例中,至少两个业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测和预测中的至少一种方式获取得到。In an exemplary embodiment, the bandwidth occupied by at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,还用于响应于调整后的比例使得目标业务流量在第一节点上占用的带宽为零,且第一业务流量的业务质量低于第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,进行告警,第一业务流量为至少两个业务流量中除目标业务流量之外的业务流量。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is also configured to respond to the adjusted ratio so that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is zero, and the service quality of the first service flow is lower than that of the first service flow. Based on the service quality indicated by the SLA, an alarm is issued, and the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among at least two service flows.
在示例性实施例中,调整模块1703,还用于向第一节点发送至少两个业务流量的优先级,至少两个业务流量的优先级用于第一节点配置至少两个队列,通过至少两个队列处理至少两个业务流量,对于至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustment module 1703 is also configured to send the priorities of at least two service flows to the first node, and the priorities of the at least two service flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues, through at least two Each queue processes at least two service flows, and for any one of the at least two service flows, the priority of any one service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one service flow.
在本申请实施例中,区分不同业务流量的优先级,基于优先级选择出目标业务流量,并且,全局监控各个业务流量占用的带宽,在需要进行全局协同调度时,通过调整第一节点和第二节点与终端交互目标业务流量的比例,实现目标业务流量的调度。由于在调度过程中考虑了优先级,且进行了全局协同调度,因而不仅有利于提高带宽的复用率,降低带宽成本,而且使得调度过程较为灵活。In the embodiment of this application, the priorities of different business traffic are distinguished, the target business traffic is selected based on the priority, and the bandwidth occupied by each business traffic is globally monitored. When global coordinated scheduling is required, the first node and the third node are adjusted. The two nodes interact with the terminal based on the ratio of target business traffic to achieve scheduling of target business traffic. Since priority is considered in the scheduling process and global collaborative scheduling is performed, it not only helps improve the bandwidth reuse rate and reduce bandwidth costs, but also makes the scheduling process more flexible.
另外,本申请实施例中目标业务流量可以为优先级较低、数据量较大的业务流量,此种目标业务流量适于作为用来调度的流量,能够提供足量的调度空间。在带宽不足时,优先级较低的业务流量可以将带宽退让给其他优先级较高的业务流量,从而保证优先级较高的业务流量的SLA被优先满足。在带宽富余时,优先级较低的业务流量可以占用富余的带宽,既不会影响优先级较高的业务流量的SLA,又保证了优先级较低的业务流量的SLA被满足。In addition, the target service traffic in the embodiment of the present application may be service traffic with lower priority and larger data volume. Such target service traffic is suitable for scheduling and can provide sufficient scheduling space. When bandwidth is insufficient, lower-priority service traffic can yield bandwidth to other higher-priority service flows, thereby ensuring that the SLAs of higher-priority service flows are met first. When there is excess bandwidth, lower-priority business traffic can occupy the excess bandwidth, which will not affect the SLA of higher-priority business traffic and ensure that the SLA of lower-priority business traffic is met.
应理解的是,上述图17提供的装置在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将设备的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与方法实施例属于同一构思,其具体实现过程详见方法实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that when the device provided in Figure 17 realizes its functions, the division of the above functional modules is only used as an example. In actual applications, the above functions can be allocated to different functional modules according to needs, that is, the equipment The internal structure is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the apparatus and method embodiments provided in the above embodiments belong to the same concept, and the specific implementation process can be found in the method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
参见图18,图18示出了本申请一示例性的流量调度设备1800的结构示意图,该流量调度 设备1800包括至少一个处理器1801、存储器1803。Referring to Figure 18, Figure 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of an exemplary traffic scheduling device 1800 of the present application. The traffic scheduling Device 1800 includes at least one processor 1801 and memory 1803 .
处理器1801例如是通用中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、网络处理器(network processer,NP)、GPU、神经网络处理器(neural-network processing units,NPU)、数据处理单元(Data Processing Unit,DPU)、微处理器或者一个或多个用于实现本申请方案的集成电路或专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、其他通用处理器或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门、晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件部件或者其任意组合。PLD例如是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device,CPLD)、现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)、通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者是任何常规的处理器等。值得说明的是,处理器可以是支持进阶精简指令集机器(advanced RISC machines,ARM)架构的处理器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种逻辑方框、模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processor 1801 is, for example, a general central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), a network processor (network processor, NP), a GPU, or a neural network processor (neural-network processing). units (NPU), data processing unit (Data Processing Unit, DPU), microprocessor or one or more integrated circuits or application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), programmable logic used to implement the solution of this application device (programmable logic device, PLD), other general-purpose processors or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof. PLD is, for example, a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL), or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. It is worth noting that the processor may be a processor that supports advanced RISC machines (ARM) architecture. It may implement or execute the various logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
可选的,流量调度设备1800还包括总线1802。总线1802用于在流量调度设备1800的各组件之间传送信息。总线1802可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,简称EISA)总线等。总线1802可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图18中仅用一条线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, the traffic scheduling device 1800 also includes a bus 1802. Bus 1802 is used to transmit information between various components of traffic scheduling device 1800. The bus 1802 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc. The bus 1802 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one line is used in Figure 18, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
存储器1803例如是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。Memory 1803 is, for example, volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的ROM和RAM可用。例如,ROM为只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)。RAM包括但不限于静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic random access memory,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of ROM and RAM are available. For example, ROM is a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM). RAM includes but is not limited to static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic random access memory, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic Random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
存储器1803还可以是可存储静态信息和指令的其它类型的存储设备。或者可以是可存储信息和指令的其它类型的动态存储设备。或者可以是其它光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其它磁存储设备,或者是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其它介质,但不限于此。存储器1803例如是独立存在,并通过总线1802与处理器1801相连接。存储器1803也可以和处理器1801集成在一起。Memory 1803 may also be other types of storage devices that may store static information and instructions. Or it could be other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions. Or it can be other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures without limitation, any other medium in the form of the desired program code and capable of being accessed by a computer. The memory 1803 exists independently, for example, and is connected to the processor 1801 through the bus 1802 . Memory 1803 may also be integrated with processor 1801.
在具体实现中,作为一些实施方式,处理器1801可以包括一个或多个CPU,如图18中所示的CPU0和CPU1。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器,也可以是一个多核处理 器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementations, as some embodiments, the processor 1801 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 as shown in FIG. 18 . Each of these processors can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor device. A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
在具体实现中,作为一些实施方式,流量调度设备1800可以包括多个处理器,如图18中所示的两个处理器1801。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器,也可以是一个多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementations, as some implementations, the traffic scheduling device 1800 may include multiple processors, such as two processors 1801 as shown in Figure 18. Each of these processors can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor. A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
在一些实施方式中,存储器1803用于存储执行本申请方案的程序指令1804,处理器1801可以执行存储器1803中存储的程序指令1804。也即是,流量调度设备1800可以通过处理器1801以及存储器1803中的程序指令1804,来实现方法实施例提供的方法,即图2所示的流量调度方法。程序指令1804中可以包括一个或多个软件模块。可选地,处理器1801自身也可以存储执行本申请方案的程序指令。In some embodiments, the memory 1803 is used to store program instructions 1804 for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 1801 can execute the program instructions 1804 stored in the memory 1803. That is to say, the traffic scheduling device 1800 can implement the method provided by the method embodiment, that is, the traffic scheduling method shown in Figure 2, through the processor 1801 and the program instructions 1804 in the memory 1803. Program instructions 1804 may include one or more software modules. Optionally, the processor 1801 itself can also store program instructions for executing the solution of the present application.
在具体实施过程中,本申请的流量调度设备1800可对应于用于执行上述方法的调度器,流量调度设备1800中的处理器1801读取存储器1803中的指令,使图18所示的流量调度设备1800能够执行方法实施例中的全部或部分步骤。During specific implementation, the traffic scheduling device 1800 of the present application may correspond to the scheduler used to perform the above method. The processor 1801 in the traffic scheduling device 1800 reads the instructions in the memory 1803 to enable the traffic scheduling shown in Figure 18 The device 1800 is capable of performing all or part of the steps in the method embodiments.
流量调度设备1800还可以对应于上述图17所示的装置,图17所示的装置中的每个功能模块采用流量调度设备1800的软件实现。换句话说,图17所示的装置包括的功能模块为流量调度设备1800的处理器1801读取存储器1803中存储的程序指令1804后生成的。The traffic scheduling device 1800 may also correspond to the device shown in Figure 17 above. Each functional module in the device shown in Figure 17 is implemented using the software of the traffic scheduling device 1800. In other words, the functional modules included in the device shown in Figure 17 are generated by the processor 1801 of the traffic scheduling device 1800 after reading the program instructions 1804 stored in the memory 1803.
其中,图2所示的方法的各步骤通过流量调度设备1800的处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请所公开的方法实施例的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法实施例的步骤,为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。Each step of the method shown in Figure 2 is completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor of the traffic scheduling device 1800. The steps of the method embodiments disclosed in this application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method embodiment in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, the details will not be described here.
在示例性实施例中,提供了一种计算机程序(产品),计算机程序(产品)包括:计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码被计算机运行时,使得计算机执行以上任一示例性的流量调度方法。In an exemplary embodiment, a computer program (product) is provided. The computer program (product) includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run by a computer, it causes the computer to perform any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
在示例性实施例中,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储程序或指令,当程序或指令在计算机上运行时,计算机执行以上任一示例性的流量调度方法。In an exemplary embodiment, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores programs or instructions. When the program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
在示例性实施例中,提供了一种芯片,包括处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行存储器中存储的指令,使得安装有芯片的计算机执行以上任一示例性的流量调度方法。In an exemplary embodiment, a chip is provided, including a processor for calling and running instructions stored in the memory, so that a computer installed with the chip executes any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
在示例性实施例中,提供另一种芯片,包括:输入接口、输出接口、处理器和存储器,输入接口、输出接口、处理器以及存储器之间通过内部连接通路相连,处理器用于执行存储器中的代码,当代码被执行时,安装有芯片的计算机执行以上任一示例性的流量调度方法。In an exemplary embodiment, another chip is provided, including: an input interface, an output interface, a processor, and a memory. The input interface, the output interface, the processor, and the memory are connected through an internal connection path. The processor is used to execute the memory. When the code is executed, the computer installed with the chip executes any of the above exemplary traffic scheduling methods.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、 或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk)等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in this application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated therein. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk), etc.
本申请中术语“第一”“第二”等字样用于对作用和功能基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分,应理解,“第一”、“第二”、“第n”之间不具有逻辑或时序上的依赖关系,也不对数量和执行顺序进行限定。还应理解,尽管以下描述使用术语第一、第二等来描述各种元素,但这些元素不应受术语的限制。这些术语只是用于将一元素与另一元素区别分开。In this application, the terms "first", "second" and other words are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same functions and functions. It should be understood that the terms "first", "second" and "nth" There is no logical or sequential dependency, and there is no limit on the number or execution order. It should also be understood that, although the following description uses the terms first, second, etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,各个过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be determined by the execution order of the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
本申请中术语“至少一个”的含义是指一个或多个,本申请中术语“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上,例如,多个第二设备是指两个或两个以上的第二设备。本文中术语“系统”和“网络”经常可互换使用。The term "at least one" in this application means one or more, and the term "plurality" in this application means two or more. For example, a plurality of second devices means two or more Secondary device above. The terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably in this article.
应理解,在本文中对各种所述示例的描述中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定示例,而并非旨在进行限制。如在对各种所述示例的描述和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样,单数形式“一个(“a”,“an”)”和“该”旨在也包括复数形式,除非上下文另外明确地指示。It is to be understood that the terminology used in the description of the various examples herein is for the purpose of describing the particular example only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of various described examples and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context dictates otherwise. Instruct clearly.
还应理解,本文中所使用的术语“和/或”是指并且涵盖相关联的所列出的项目中的一个或多个项目的任何和全部可能的组合。术语“和/或”,是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本申请中的字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It will also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. The term "and/or" is an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists. situation. In addition, the character "/" in this application generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship.
还应理解,术语“若”和“如果”可被解释为意指“当...时”(“when”或“upon”)或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测到”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“若确定...”或“若检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”可被解释为意指“在确定...时”或“响应于确定...”或“在检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]时”或“响应于检测到[所陈述的条件或事件]”。It should also be understood that the terms "if" and "if" may be interpreted to mean "when" or "upon" or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting." Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "if it is determined..." or "if [stated condition or event] is detected" may be interpreted to mean "when it is determined..." or "in response to the determination... ” or “on detection of [stated condition or event]” or “in response to detection of [stated condition or event].”
以上所述仅为本申请的实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。 The above are only examples of the present application and are not intended to limit the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the principles of the present application shall be included in the protection scope of the present application.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种流量调度方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于流量调度系统包括的调度器,所述流量调度系统还包括第一节点、第二节点和终端,所述第一节点和所述第二节点用于与所述终端交互业务流量,所述方法包括:A traffic scheduling method, characterized in that the method is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system. The traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. The first node and the second The node is used to exchange service traffic with the terminal, and the method includes:
    所述调度器获取所述第一节点上的至少两个业务流量的优先级,以及所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,所述至少两个业务流量的传输方向相同;The scheduler obtains the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node, the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node, and the transmission direction of the at least two service flows. same;
    所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,在所述至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量;The scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
    所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例。The scheduler adjusts the proportion of the first node and the second node that interact with the terminal with the target service flow based on the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,在所述至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the scheduler determines the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows, including:
    所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,在所述至少两个业务流量中确定至少一个优先级最低的业务流量;The scheduler determines at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
    所述调度器基于所述至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定所述目标业务流量。The scheduler determines the target service flow based on the at least one lowest priority service flow.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定所述目标业务流量,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the scheduler determines the target service flow based on the at least one lowest priority service flow, including:
    响应于存在至少两个优先级最低的业务流量,所述调度器将所述至少两个优先级最低的业务流量中数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量确定为所述目标业务流量。In response to the presence of at least two service flows with the lowest priority, the scheduler determines, among the at least two service flows with the lowest priority, the service flow whose data amount is greater than the data amount threshold as the target service flow.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述优先级基于服务级别协议SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定,所述SLA用于指示业务质量,所述优先级与所述SLA指示的业务质量正相关,所述优先级与所述连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that the priority is determined based on at least one information of a service level agreement (SLA) and a connection type, the SLA is used to indicate service quality, and the priority The priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the priority is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the scheduler adjusts the first node and the third node based on the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node. The proportion of the target service traffic that the two nodes interact with the terminal includes:
    所述调度器确定所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和;The scheduler determines the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node;
    所述调度器基于所述带宽之和,确定比例调整方式;The scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of the bandwidths;
    所述调度器按照所述比例调整方式,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例。The scheduler adjusts the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal in the target service flow according to the proportion adjustment method.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括:The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of the bandwidths, including:
    响应于所述带宽之和满足第一条件,所述调度器确定所述比例调整方式为降低所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例,使得所述目标业务流量在所 述第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,且所述目标业务流量在所述第二节点上占用的带宽增加所述带宽调度量;In response to the sum of the bandwidths meeting the first condition, the scheduler determines that the proportion adjustment method is to reduce the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal with the target service traffic, so that the Where the target business traffic is located The bandwidth occupied by the first node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    增加第一业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,所述第一业务流量为所述至少两个业务流量中除所述目标业务流量之外的业务流量,所增加的带宽小于或等于所述带宽调度量。Increase the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node, the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow in the at least two service flows, and the increased bandwidth is less than or equal to The bandwidth scheduling amount.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 6, further comprising:
    响应于所述带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第一条件;In response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first bandwidth threshold, determining that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition;
    或者,响应于所述带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第一条件。Alternatively, in response to a bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括:The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of the bandwidths, including:
    响应于所述带宽之和满足第二条件,所述调度器确定所述比例调整方式为提高所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例,使得所述目标业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,且所述目标业务流量在所述第二节点上占用的带宽减少所述带宽调度量。In response to the sum of the bandwidths meeting the second condition, the scheduler determines that the proportion adjustment method is to increase the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal with the target service traffic, so that the The bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 8, further comprising:
    响应于所述带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第二条件,所述第二带宽阈值小于或等于第一带宽阈值;In response to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second bandwidth threshold, determining that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold;
    或者,响应于所述带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第二条件,所述第二成本阈值小于或等于第一成本阈值。Alternatively, in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
  10. 根据权利要求7或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述带宽调度量基于所述带宽之和、所述第一带宽阈值和所述第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。The method according to claim 7 or 9, characterized in that the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of the bandwidth, the first bandwidth threshold and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  11. 根据权利要求7或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述带宽调度量基于所述带宽之和对应的带宽成本、所述第一成本阈值和所述第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。The method according to claim 7 or 9, characterized in that the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of the bandwidth, the first cost threshold and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
  12. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述带宽之和,确定比例调整方式,包括:The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method based on the sum of the bandwidths, including:
    响应于所述带宽之和不同于所述第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽,所述调度器确定所述比例调整方式,所述至少两个业务流量的传输方向与所述第二业务流量的传输方向不同。In response to the sum of the bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service flow on the first node, the scheduler determines the proportion adjustment method, and the transmission directions of the at least two service flows are consistent with the second service flow. Business traffic is transmitted in different directions.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述比例调整方式基于所述带宽之和、所述第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽和所述第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。 The method according to claim 12, characterized in that the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of the bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node and the bandwidth usage of the second node. .
  14. 根据权利要求5-13任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器按照所述比例调整方式,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例,包括:The method according to any one of claims 5 to 13, characterized in that the scheduler adjusts the first node and the second node to interact with the terminal in the target service flow according to the proportion adjustment method. proportions, including:
    所述调度器按照所述比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度信息,向所述目标节点发送所述调度信息,所述调度信息和所述目标节点用于实现所述调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例。The scheduler determines the scheduling information corresponding to the target node according to the proportion adjustment method, and sends the scheduling information to the target node. The scheduling information and the target node are used to realize the adjustment of the first node and the target node. The proportion of the target service traffic that the second node interacts with the terminal.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标节点为内容分发网络CDN域名系统DNS服务器,所述调度信息为参考域名与互联网协议IP地址之间的第一对应关系,所述IP地址指示所述第一节点或者所述第二节点;The method according to claim 14, characterized in that the target node is a content distribution network CDN Domain Name System DNS server, the scheduling information is the first correspondence between a reference domain name and an Internet Protocol IP address, and the IP The address indicates the first node or the second node;
    所述第一对应关系用于所述CDN DNS服务器基于终端发送的参考域名向所述终端返回所述参考域名对应的IP地址,所述IP地址用于所述终端向所述IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互所述目标业务流量。The first correspondence relationship is used for the CDN DNS server to return the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal, and the IP address is used for the node indicated by the terminal to the IP address. Send an interaction request to interact with the target service traffic.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标节点为所述第一节点和所述第二节点,所述调度信息为交互请求与互联网协议IP地址之间的第二对应关系,所述IP地址指示所述第一节点或者所述第二节点;The method of claim 14, wherein the target node is the first node and the second node, and the scheduling information is a second correspondence between an interaction request and an Internet Protocol IP address, The IP address indicates the first node or the second node;
    所述第二对应关系用于所述目标节点在接收到终端发送的交互请求之后,响应于基于所述第二对应关系确定所述交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点为当前节点,则与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量,或者,响应于基于所述第二对应关系确定所述交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点非当前节点,则向所述终端返回所述交互请求对应的IP地址,所述IP地址用于所述终端向所述IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互所述目标业务流量。The second correspondence relationship is used for the target node to determine, based on the second correspondence relationship, that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal. The terminal interacts with the target service traffic, or in response to determining that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not the current node based on the second correspondence relationship, returns the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the terminal. , the IP address is used by the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target service traffic.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标节点为所述终端,所述调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,所述IP地址指示所述第一节点或者所述第二节点;The method of claim 14, wherein the target node is the terminal, the scheduling information is a second correspondence between an interaction request and an IP address, the IP address indicates the first node or the second node;
    所述第二对应关系用于所述终端确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向所述IP地址指示的节点发送所述交互请求,以交互所述目标业务流量。The second correspondence relationship is used for the terminal to determine the IP address corresponding to the interaction request, and send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target service traffic.
  18. 根据权利要求1-17任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测和预测中的至少一种方式获取得到。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
  19. 根据权利要求1-18任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-18, characterized in that the scheduler adjusts the first node and the third node based on the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node. After the two nodes exchange the proportion of the target service traffic with the terminal, the method further includes:
    响应于调整后的比例使得所述目标业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽为零,且第一业务流量的业务质量低于所述第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,所述调度器进行告警,所述第一业务流量为所述至少两个业务流量中除所述目标业务流量之外的业务流量。In response to the adjusted proportion causing the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node to be zero, and the service quality of the first service flow being lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow, the The scheduler issues an alarm, and the first service flow is the service flow other than the target service flow among the at least two service flows.
  20. 根据权利要求1-19任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调度器基于所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述 目标业务流量的比例之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 19, characterized in that the scheduler adjusts the first node and the third node based on the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node. The two nodes interact with the terminal as described Before determining the proportion of target business traffic, the method also includes:
    所述调度器向所述第一节点发送所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,所述至少两个业务流量的优先级用于所述第一节点配置至少两个队列,通过所述至少两个队列处理所述至少两个业务流量,对于所述至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,所述任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理所述任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。The scheduler sends the priorities of the at least two service flows to the first node, and the priorities of the at least two service flows are used by the first node to configure at least two queues. A queue processes the at least two business flows. For any one of the at least two business flows, the priority of the any one business flow is the same as the priority of the queue used to process the any one business flow. match.
  21. 一种流量调度装置,其特征在于,所述装置应用于流量调度系统包括的调度器,所述流量调度系统还包括第一节点、第二节点和终端,所述第一节点和所述第二节点用于与所述终端交互业务流量,所述装置包括:A traffic scheduling device, characterized in that the device is applied to a scheduler included in a traffic scheduling system. The traffic scheduling system also includes a first node, a second node and a terminal. The first node and the second The node is used to exchange service traffic with the terminal, and the device includes:
    获取模块,用于获取所述第一节点上的至少两个业务流量的优先级,以及所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,所述至少两个业务流量的传输方向相同;Obtaining module, configured to obtain the priorities of at least two service flows on the first node, the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node, the transmission of the at least two service flows Same direction;
    确定模块,用于基于所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,在所述至少两个业务流量中确定目标业务流量;A determining module, configured to determine the target service flow among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows;
    调整模块,用于基于所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例。An adjustment module, configured to adjust the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal with the target service flow based on the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于基于所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,在所述至少两个业务流量中确定至少一个优先级最低的业务流量;基于所述至少一个优先级最低的业务流量确定所述目标业务流量。The device according to claim 21, characterized in that the determining module is configured to determine at least one service flow with the lowest priority among the at least two service flows based on the priorities of the at least two service flows. ; Determine the target service flow based on the at least one service flow with the lowest priority.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定模块,用于响应于存在至少两个优先级最低的业务流量,将所述至少两个优先级最低的业务流量中数据量大于数据量阈值的业务流量确定为所述目标业务流量。The device according to claim 22, characterized in that the determining module is configured to, in response to the existence of at least two lowest priority service flows, determine whether the data amount in the at least two lowest priority service flows is greater than that of the data. The business traffic volume threshold is determined as the target business traffic volume.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述优先级基于服务级别协议SLA和连接类型中的至少一种信息确定,所述SLA用于指示业务质量,所述优先级与所述SLA指示的业务质量正相关,所述优先级与所述连接类型对应的调度便利程度负相关。The device according to any one of claims 21-23, characterized in that the priority is determined based on at least one information of a service level agreement (SLA) and a connection type, the SLA is used to indicate service quality, and the priority The priority is positively related to the service quality indicated by the SLA, and the priority is negatively related to the scheduling convenience corresponding to the connection type.
  25. 根据权利要求21-24任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,用于确定所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽的带宽之和;基于所述带宽之和,确定比例调整方式;按照所述比例调整方式,调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例。The device according to any one of claims 21-24, characterized in that the adjustment module is used to determine the sum of the bandwidths occupied by the at least two business flows on the first node; based on the The sum of the bandwidths determines the proportion adjustment method; according to the proportion adjustment method, the proportion of the first node and the second node interacting with the terminal and the target service traffic is adjusted.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,用于响应于所述带宽之和满足第一条件,确定所述比例调整方式为降低所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例,使得所述目标业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽减少带宽调度量,且所述目标业务流量在所述第二节点上占用的带宽增加所述带宽调度量;The device according to claim 25, characterized in that the adjustment module is configured to, in response to the sum of the bandwidths meeting a first condition, determine the proportion adjustment method to reduce the first node and the second The node interacts with the terminal in a proportion of the target service flow such that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is reduced by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the target service flow occupies on the second node The bandwidth is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount;
    所述装置还包括:增加模块,用于增加第一业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽,所述第一业务流量为所述至少两个业务流量中除所述目标业务流量之外的业务流量,所增加的 带宽小于或等于所述带宽调度量。The device further includes: an adding module for increasing the bandwidth occupied by the first service flow on the first node, the first service flow being the at least two service flows in addition to the target service flow. business traffic, the increased The bandwidth is less than or equal to the bandwidth scheduling amount.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,还用于响应于所述带宽之和大于第一带宽阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第一条件;或者,响应于所述带宽之和对应的带宽成本大于第一成本阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第一条件。The device according to claim 26, wherein the adjustment module is further configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths being greater than a first bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition; or, in response to When the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths is greater than the first cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the first condition.
  28. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,用于响应于所述带宽之和满足第二条件,确定所述比例调整方式为提高所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例,使得所述目标业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽增加带宽调度量,且所述目标业务流量在所述第二节点上占用的带宽减少所述带宽调度量。The device according to claim 25, wherein the adjustment module is configured to, in response to the sum of the bandwidths meeting a second condition, determine that the proportion adjustment method is to increase the first node and the second The node interacts with the terminal in a proportion of the target service flow, such that the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node is increased by the bandwidth scheduling amount, and the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the second node is Bandwidth is reduced by the amount of bandwidth scheduled.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,还用于响应于所述带宽之和小于或等于第二带宽阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第二条件,所述第二带宽阈值小于或等于第一带宽阈值;或者,响应于所述带宽之和对应的带宽成本小于或等于第二成本阈值,确定所述带宽之和满足所述第二条件,所述第二成本阈值小于或等于第一成本阈值。The device according to claim 28, wherein the adjustment module is further configured to, in response to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to a second bandwidth threshold, determine that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, so The second bandwidth threshold is less than or equal to the first bandwidth threshold; or, in response to the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths being less than or equal to the second cost threshold, it is determined that the sum of bandwidths satisfies the second condition, and the third The second cost threshold is less than or equal to the first cost threshold.
  30. 根据权利要求27或29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述带宽调度量基于所述带宽之和、所述第一带宽阈值和所述第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。The device according to claim 27 or 29, characterized in that the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the sum of the bandwidth, the first bandwidth threshold and the bandwidth usage of the second node.
  31. 根据权利要求27或29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述带宽调度量基于所述带宽之和对应的带宽成本、所述第一成本阈值和所述第二节点的带宽成本使用情况确定。The device according to claim 27 or 29, characterized in that the bandwidth scheduling amount is determined based on the bandwidth cost corresponding to the sum of bandwidths, the first cost threshold and the bandwidth cost usage of the second node.
  32. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,用于响应于所述带宽之和不同于所述第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽,确定所述比例调整方式,所述至少两个业务流量的传输方向与所述第二业务流量的传输方向不同。The device according to claim 25, wherein the adjustment module is configured to determine the proportion adjustment method in response to the sum of the bandwidths being different from the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node. , the transmission directions of the at least two service flows are different from the transmission directions of the second service flow.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述比例调整方式基于所述带宽之和、所述第一节点上的第二业务流量占用的带宽和所述第二节点的带宽使用情况确定。The device according to claim 32, wherein the proportion adjustment method is determined based on the sum of the bandwidth, the bandwidth occupied by the second service traffic on the first node and the bandwidth usage of the second node. .
  34. 根据权利要求25-33任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,用于按照所述比例调整方式确定目标节点对应的调度信息,向所述目标节点发送所述调度信息,所述调度信息和所述目标节点用于实现所述调整所述第一节点和所述第二节点与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量的比例。The device according to any one of claims 25-33, characterized in that the adjustment module is used to determine the scheduling information corresponding to the target node according to the proportion adjustment method, and send the scheduling information to the target node, so The scheduling information and the target node are used to adjust the ratio of the first node and the second node to the terminal for interacting with the target service flow.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述目标节点为内容分发网络CDN域名系统DNS服务器,所述调度信息为参考域名与互联网协议IP地址之间的第一对应关系,所述IP地址指示所述第一节点或者所述第二节点;所述第一对应关系用于所述CDN DNS服务器基于终端发送的参考域名向所述终端返回所述参考域名对应的IP地址,所述IP地址用于所述终端向所述IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互所述目标业务流量。 The device according to claim 34, characterized in that the target node is a content distribution network CDN domain name system DNS server, the scheduling information is the first correspondence between a reference domain name and an Internet Protocol IP address, and the IP The address indicates the first node or the second node; the first correspondence is used for the CDN DNS server to return the IP address corresponding to the reference domain name to the terminal based on the reference domain name sent by the terminal, and the IP The address is used by the terminal to send an interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target service traffic.
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述目标节点为所述第一节点和所述第二节点,所述调度信息为交互请求与互联网协议IP地址之间的第二对应关系,所述IP地址指示所述第一节点或者所述第二节点;所述第二对应关系用于所述目标节点在接收到终端发送的交互请求之后,响应于基于所述第二对应关系确定所述交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点为当前节点,则与所述终端交互所述目标业务流量,或者,响应于基于所述第二对应关系确定所述交互请求对应的IP地址指示的节点非当前节点,则向所述终端返回所述交互请求对应的IP地址,所述IP地址用于所述终端向所述IP地址指示的节点发送交互请求,以交互所述目标业务流量。The device according to claim 34, wherein the target node is the first node and the second node, and the scheduling information is a second correspondence between an interaction request and an Internet Protocol IP address, The IP address indicates the first node or the second node; the second correspondence relationship is used for the target node to respond to determining the interaction request based on the second correspondence relationship after receiving the interaction request sent by the terminal. If the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is the current node, interact with the target service traffic with the terminal, or in response to determining based on the second correspondence that the node indicated by the IP address corresponding to the interaction request is not The current node returns the IP address corresponding to the interaction request to the terminal. The IP address is used by the terminal to send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target service traffic.
  37. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述目标节点为所述终端,所述调度信息为交互请求与IP地址之间的第二对应关系,所述IP地址指示所述第一节点或者所述第二节点;所述第二对应关系用于所述终端确定交互请求对应的IP地址,向所述IP地址指示的节点发送所述交互请求,以交互所述目标业务流量。The device according to claim 34, wherein the target node is the terminal, the scheduling information is a second correspondence between an interaction request and an IP address, the IP address indicates the first node Or the second node; the second correspondence relationship is used for the terminal to determine the IP address corresponding to the interaction request, and send the interaction request to the node indicated by the IP address to interact with the target service traffic.
  38. 根据权利要求21-37任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽通过检测和预测中的至少一种方式获取得到。The device according to any one of claims 21 to 37, characterized in that the bandwidth occupied by the at least two service flows on the first node is obtained by at least one of detection and prediction.
  39. 根据权利要求21-38任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,还用于响应于调整后的比例使得所述目标业务流量在所述第一节点上占用的带宽为零,且第一业务流量的业务质量低于所述第一业务流量的SLA指示的业务质量,进行告警,所述第一业务流量为所述至少两个业务流量中除所述目标业务流量之外的业务流量。The device according to any one of claims 21 to 38, characterized in that the adjustment module is further configured to make the bandwidth occupied by the target service flow on the first node be zero in response to the adjusted ratio, If the service quality of the first service flow is lower than the service quality indicated by the SLA of the first service flow, an alarm is issued. The first service flow is the at least two service flows other than the target service flow. business traffic.
  40. 根据权利要求21-39任一所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调整模块,还用于向所述第一节点发送所述至少两个业务流量的优先级,所述至少两个业务流量的优先级用于所述第一节点配置至少两个队列,通过所述至少两个队列处理所述至少两个业务流量,对于所述至少两个业务流量中的任意一个业务流量,所述任意一个业务流量的优先级与用于处理所述任意一个业务流量的队列的优先级相匹配。The device according to any one of claims 21 to 39, characterized in that the adjustment module is further configured to send the priorities of the at least two business flows to the first node. The priority is used for the first node to configure at least two queues, and the at least two service flows are processed through the at least two queues. For any one of the at least two service flows, the any The priority of a service flow matches the priority of the queue used to process any one of the service flows.
  41. 一种流量调度设备,其特征在于,所述设备包括存储器及处理器;所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令,所述至少一条指令由所述处理器加载并执行,以使所述流量调度设备实现权利要求1-20中任一所述的流量调度方法。A traffic scheduling device, characterized in that the device includes a memory and a processor; at least one instruction is stored in the memory, and the at least one instruction is loaded and executed by the processor, so that the traffic scheduling device Implement the traffic scheduling method described in any one of claims 1-20.
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有至少一条指令,所述指令由处理器加载并执行,以使计算机实现如权利要求1-20中任一所述的流量调度方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that at least one instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the instruction is loaded and executed by a processor, so that the computer implements any one of claims 1-20. The traffic scheduling method described above.
  43. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被处理器执行,以使计算机实现权利要求1-20中任一所述的流量调度方 法。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes a computer program or instructions, and the computer program or instructions are executed by a processor to enable the computer to implement the traffic scheduling method described in any one of claims 1-20. Law.
PCT/CN2023/085081 2022-07-15 2023-03-30 Traffic scheduling method, apparatus, device, and computer readable storage medium WO2024011957A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210836899 2022-07-15
CN202210836899.5 2022-07-15
CN202211146275.7 2022-09-20
CN202211146275.7A CN117439957A (en) 2022-07-15 2022-09-20 Traffic scheduling method, traffic scheduling device, traffic scheduling equipment and computer readable storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024011957A1 true WO2024011957A1 (en) 2024-01-18

Family

ID=89535369

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/085081 WO2024011957A1 (en) 2022-07-15 2023-03-30 Traffic scheduling method, apparatus, device, and computer readable storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024011957A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004320380A (en) * 2003-04-15 2004-11-11 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Band control method and its band controller
CN101594630A (en) * 2009-06-30 2009-12-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Uplink congestion detection and flow control methods and equipment
US20110044262A1 (en) * 2009-08-24 2011-02-24 Clear Wireless, Llc Apparatus and method for scheduler implementation for best effort (be) prioritization and anti-starvation
CN104717158A (en) * 2015-03-02 2015-06-17 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method and device for adjusting bandwidth scheduling strategy
CN105027503A (en) * 2013-02-13 2015-11-04 高通股份有限公司 Apparatus and method for enhanced application coexistence on an access terminal in a wireless communication system
US20190190843A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-20 Cisco Technology, Inc. Arbitration of competing flows

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004320380A (en) * 2003-04-15 2004-11-11 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Band control method and its band controller
CN101594630A (en) * 2009-06-30 2009-12-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Uplink congestion detection and flow control methods and equipment
US20110044262A1 (en) * 2009-08-24 2011-02-24 Clear Wireless, Llc Apparatus and method for scheduler implementation for best effort (be) prioritization and anti-starvation
CN105027503A (en) * 2013-02-13 2015-11-04 高通股份有限公司 Apparatus and method for enhanced application coexistence on an access terminal in a wireless communication system
CN104717158A (en) * 2015-03-02 2015-06-17 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method and device for adjusting bandwidth scheduling strategy
US20190190843A1 (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-20 Cisco Technology, Inc. Arbitration of competing flows

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9158586B2 (en) Systems and methods for managing cloud computing resources
EP3528440A1 (en) Path selection method and system, network acceleration node, and network acceleration system
CN110830391A (en) Resource allocation method and device and cluster system
US20020194251A1 (en) Systems and methods for resource usage accounting in information management environments
US20020065864A1 (en) Systems and method for resource tracking in information management environments
US20030236745A1 (en) Systems and methods for billing in information management environments
US20020049608A1 (en) Systems and methods for providing differentiated business services in information management environments
US20020095400A1 (en) Systems and methods for managing differentiated service in information management environments
US20020049841A1 (en) Systems and methods for providing differentiated service in information management environments
US20020174227A1 (en) Systems and methods for prioritization in information management environments
US20030046396A1 (en) Systems and methods for managing resource utilization in information management environments
CN107534981B (en) Resource reallocation
MX2015006471A (en) Method and apparatus for controlling utilization in a horizontally scaled software application.
WO2014127280A2 (en) System and method for network resource allocation considering user experience, satisfaction and operator interest
CN106936877B (en) A kind of content distribution method, apparatus and system
US8090814B2 (en) Method for determining distribution of a shared resource among a plurality of nodes in a network
CN112532743A (en) Intelligent load balancing method and device and storage medium
CN113079062B (en) Resource adjusting method and device, computer equipment and storage medium
CN117439957A (en) Traffic scheduling method, traffic scheduling device, traffic scheduling equipment and computer readable storage medium
WO2002039693A2 (en) System and method for providing differentiated business services in information management
CN107786371B (en) Data acceleration method and device and storage medium
WO2024011957A1 (en) Traffic scheduling method, apparatus, device, and computer readable storage medium
CN103825963B (en) Virtual Service moving method
Röbert et al. Latency-aware scheduling for real-time application support in edge computing
CN114726796A (en) Flow control method, gateway and switch

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23838459

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1